Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

with the accompaniment of

  • 1 ψάλλω

    + V 0-11-0-45-3=59 Jgs 5,3; 1 Sm 16,16(bis).17
    to play on a stringed instrument 1 Sm 16,23; to sing to sb with the accompaniment (of a harp) [τινι ἔν τινι] Ps 97(98),5; to sing with (the accompaniment of a harp) [ἔν τινι] 1 Sm 16,16; to sing to sb with the accompaniment of a harp [τινι] Jgs 5,3; to praise [τι] Ps 20(21),14
    *Ps 68(69),13 καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ ἔψαλλον and they sang to me-בי ונגנו for MT ונגינות and the songs
    Cf. HELBING 1928, 69-70; →NIDNTT; TWNT
    (→ἐπιψάλλω,,)

    Lust (λαγνεία) > ψάλλω

  • 2 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

     (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

     (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

     (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

     correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

     ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

     (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

     close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

     in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

     beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

     ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

     (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

     Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

     codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

     (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

     ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

     (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

     codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

     ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

     in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

     D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

     (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

     s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

     in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

     wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

     therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

     (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

     (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

     (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

     (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

     (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

     ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

     (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

     (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

     (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

     according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

     (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

     (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

     (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

     by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 3 μετά

    μετά (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in the NT not (B-D-F §203; Rob. 610) w. dat.—For lit. s. ἀνά, beg.; also for μετά (and σύν) Tycho Mommsen, Beiträge zu d. Lehre v. den griech. Präp. 1895. Basic idea: ‘in the vicinity of ’.
    A. w. gen. with
    ① marker of placement, with, among, in company with someone (Gen 42:5; EpArist 180; En 22:13; 99:10; PsSol 4:6; JosAs 10:3 al.) or someth. ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων he was among the wild animals Mk 1:13 (Diog. L. 6, 92 μόσχοι μετὰ λύκων). ἦν συγκαθήμενος μ. τῶν ὑπηρετῶν he sat down among the servants 14:54. μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals Mk 15:28; Lk 22:37. τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μ. τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει he will assign him his lot among the faithless (unbelievers?) Lk 12:46; cp. Mt 24:51. ζῆτειν τὸν ζῶντα μ. τῶν νεκρῶν seek the living among the dead Lk 24:5. μὴ γογγύζετε μετʼ ἀλλήλων do not grumble among yourselves J 6:43. εἱστήκει Ἰούδας μετʼ αὐτῶν 18:5. ἡ σκηνὴ τ. θεοῦ μετὰ τ. ἀνθρώπων Rv 21:3a. μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν in the midst of the clouds 1:7.
    ② marker of assoc. in gener. sense denoting the company within which someth. takes place, with
    ⓐ w. gen. of pers. in company w. whom someth. takes place
    α. w. verbs of going, remaining, etc. προσέρχεσθαι μ. τινος come (in company) with someone Mt 20:20; cp. 5:41; Mk 1:29; 3:7; 5:24, 37; 11:11; 14:17; Lk 2:51; 6:17; 9:49; 14:31; J 3:22b; 11:54; Ac 24:1; Gal 2:1. Angels accompanying the Messiah Mt 25:31; cp. 16:27; Mk 8:38; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 1:7. περιπατεῖν μ. τινος (Menand., Fgm. 178 Kö., Sam. 587f S. [242f Kö.]; ApcEsdr 6:12) J 6:66. γίνεσθαι μ. τινος be, remain with someone Ac 7:38; 9:19; 20:18; AcPlCor 2:4 (ApcMos 2 ἐγένοντο μ. ἀλλήλων). οἱ μ. αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his companions Mk 16:10. μένειν μ. τινος stay with someone 1J 2:19 (ParJer 3:15). ζήσασα μ. ἀνδρός Lk 2:36. ἀκολουθεῖν μ. τινος follow (after) someone Rv 6:8; 14:13 (s. ἀκολουθέω 2).
    β. used w. trans. verbs ἄγειν τινὰ μ. ἑαυτοῦ bring someone along (s. ἄγω 1b) 2 Ti 4:11. παραλαμβάνειν τινὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ take or bring someone along (as a companion) (Gen 22:3) Mt 12:45; 18:16; Mk 14:33. ἔχειν τι μ. ἑαυτοῦ have someth. with oneself: bread 8:14; τινά someone (PGM 4, 1952): the lame Mt 15:30; the poor Mk 14:7; Mt 26:11; J 12:8; the bridegroom Mk 2:19b. Pass. συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τ. ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων he was chosen (to serve) with the eleven apostles Ac 1:26 (cp. Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 3 μετὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀριθμούμενος=numbered with the gods).
    γ. esp. εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, in someone’s company.
    א. lit. of close association: the disciples w. Jesus Mt 26:69, 71; Mk 3:14; 14:67; Lk 22:59; J 15:27; 17:24. Also of accompaniment for a short time Mt 5:25; J 3:26; 9:40; 12:17; 20:24, 26. Of Jesus’ association w. his disciples 13:33; 14:9; 16:4; 17:12. Of relations between the superintendent and the congregation μετὰ τ. ἐπισκόπου εἶναι be with, on the side of, the supervisor/bishop IPhld 3:2. οἱ μ. τινος (sc. ὄντες) someone’s friends, companions, etc. (Diod S 17, 96, 2 οἱ μεθʼ Ἡρακλέους; SIG 175, 5; 659, 5; 826e II, 30; Am 4:2; 8:10; Gen 24:59; 1 Macc 7:23; JosAs 27:7; AscIs 2:15; 3:6, 14; Jos., Vi. 397, Ant. 7, 20; Just., D. 8, 3 al.) Mt 12:3f; 26:51; Mk 1:36; 2:25; Lk 6:3f. Of things ἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μ. αὐτοῦ other boats were with him, accompanied him Mk 4:36. ὁ μισθός μου μετʼ ἐμοῦ (sc. ἐστιν) Rv 22:12. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ the fire (of judgment) awaits him (the interpretation of the Armenian text; sim. the Lat.) AcPlCor 2:37.
    ב. in ref. to supportiveness be with someone, stand by, help someone of God’s help (Gen 21:20; 26:3; 28:20 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 138) J 3:2; 8:29; 16:32; Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 39:2, 21); 10:38; cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 8:8); Lk 1:28; Ro 15:33. Of God’s hand (1 Ch 4:10) Lk 1:66; Ac 11:21. Of Christ: Mt 28:20; Ac 18:10.
    ג. a favorite expr. in conclusions of letters ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ εἰρήνης ἔσται μ. ὑμῶν will be with you 2 Cor 13:11; cp. Phil 4:9; ὁ κύριος κτλ. 2 Th 3:16 (cp. Ruth 2:4); 2 Ti 4:22. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ μ. ὑμῶν (sc. ἔσται) 1 Cor 16:23; cp. 1 Th 5:28; 1 Cl 65:2. μ. τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25; 21:9. μ. πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Th 3:18; cp. Eph 6:24. Short and to the point: ἡ χάρις μ. ὑμῶν Col 4:18; 1 Ti 6:21; cp. Tit 3:15; Hb 13:25. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις ἔλεος εἰρήνη 2J 3.—ἡ ἀγάπη μου μ. πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ my love is with you all in Christ Jesus 1 Cor 16:24. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τ. θεοῦ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Cor 13:13 (WvanUnnik, Dominus Vobiscum: liturg. formula, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 270–305; on the Trinitarian formula s. the lit. on πνεῦμα 8).—In the expr. ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μ. αὐτῶν Ac 14:27; 15:4 (cp. Hs 5, 1, 1) ὤν could be supplied what God has done in helping them; but ποιεῖν can just as well go w. μ. αὐτῶν has done for them, after the analogy of עָשָׂה עִם פּ׳ (Tob 12:6; 13:7 ἃ ποιήσει μεθʼ ὑμῶν; Jdth 8:26 ὅσα ἐποίησεν μετὰ Ἀβραάμ; 15:10; 1 Macc 10:27. In addition, cp. BGU 798, 8 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῇ ἡμῶν δεσποίνῃ εἰς πάντα τὰ καλὰ ἃ ἐποίησεν μετὰ τ. δούλων αὐτῆς. But s. also LMaloney, ‘All That God Had Done with Them’ ’91, 118–21: God works ‘with’ the apostles and ‘through’ them). Here also belongs ποιεῖν ἔλεος μ. τινος have mercy on someone, show mercy to someone (Gen 24:12; 2 Km 3:8; JosAs 23:4) Lk 1:72; 10:37 (MWilcox, The Semitisms in Ac, ’65, 84f). ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτῆς the Lord has shown great mercy to her 1:58 (cp. 1 Km 12:24; Ps 125:2f).—In πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μ. τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28=Ps 15:11 the LXX has literally translated אֶת־פָּנֶיךָ; it means in your presence.
    ד. in ref. to taking sides or being allied in some way with someone: in contrast to εἶναι κατά τινος be against someone is εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, on someone’s side Mt 12:30a; Lk 11:23a (AFridrichsen, ZNW 13, 1912, 273–80).
    ⓑ to denote the company in which an activity or experience takes place: ἀνακεῖσθαι μ. τινος recline at table with someone (for a meal) Mt 26:20. ἀνακλιθῆναι 8:11; cp. Lk 24:30. βασιλεύειν Rv 20:4, 6. γρηγορεῖν Mt 26:38, 40. δειπνεῖν Rv 3:20 (TestJob 15:2). δουλεύειν Gal 4:25. ἐμπαίζειν Mt 27:41. ἐσθίειν 9:11; 24:49; Mk 2:16ab; 14:14, 18; Lk 5:30 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 9 [Stone p. 10]). ἠρώτα … ἵνα φάγῃ μ. αὐτοῦ he asked (him) to eat with him 7:36 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 21 [Stone p. 68]; JosAs 7:1). εὐφραίνεσθαι 15:29; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43). κλαίειν 12:15b. κληρονομεῖν Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10; Just., D. 26, 1; cp. συγκληρονομεῖν JosAs 24:9). πίνειν Mt 26:29. ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα celebrate the Passover (with someone) 26:18. συνάγειν 12:30b; Lk 11:23b. συνεσθίειν Gal 2:12. ταράττεσθαι Mt 2:3. τρώγειν J 13:1 v.l. χαίρειν Ro 12:15a.
    ⓒ The associative aspect can also derive expression from the fact that two opposite parties exert influence upon one another or that one party brings the other to adopt a corresponding, and therefore common, attitude
    α. in friendly, or at least not in hostile, fashion: εἰρηνεύειν (3 Km 22:45) Ro 12:18; cp. 2 Ti 2:22; Hb 12:14. εὐθηνίαν ἔχειν Hm 2:3. κοινωνίαν ἔχειν 1J 1:3a, 7. λαλεῖν μετά τινος (cp. Gen 31:24, 29; 1 Macc 7:15) Mk 6:50; J 4:27ab. συλλαλεῖν μ. τινος Mt 17:3; Ac 25:12. συμβούλιον διδόναι Mk 3:6. συνάγεσθαι Mt 28:12; J 18:2. συνᾶραι λόγον Mt 18:23; 25:19. ἐγένοντο φίλοι ὅ τε. Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πιλᾶτος μετʼ ἀλλήλων Lk 23:12. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετʼ αὐτῆς those who commit adultery with her Rv 2:22. πορνεύειν (cp. Ezk 16:34; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 7 [Stone p. 24]) 17:2; 18:3, 9. μολύνεσθαι 14:4 (cp. En 12:4 τῶν γυναικῶν ἐμιάνθησαν).
    β. in hostile fashion; after verbs of fighting, quarreling, etc. to denote the pers. w. whom the strife is being carried on πολεμεῖν μ. τινος carry on war with = against someone (נִלְחַם עִם פּ׳ 1 Km 17:33; 3 Km 12:24; ParJer 7:10. But s. also OGI 201, 3 ἐπολέμησα μετὰ τῶν Βλεμύων; BGU 1035, 9; 11. Also in Mod. Gk. [AThumb, Hdb. der neugriech. Volkssprache2 1910 §162, 1 note]) Rv 2:16; 12:7; 13:4; 17:14 (B-D-F §193, 4; Rob. 610). Also πόλεμον ποιεῖν (Gen 14:2; 1 Ch 5:19) 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:21 Theod.); 19:19. ζητεῖν μ. τινος deliberate or dispute w. someone J 16:19; cp. 3:25 (cp. ApcEsdr 2:6 δικάζου μεθʼ ἡμῶν). κρίνεσθαι go to law w. someone 1 Cor 6:6. κρίματα ἔχειν μ. τινος have lawsuits w. someone vs. 7.
    ⓓ of any other relation betw. persons, whether already existing or brought about in some manner εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μ. Μαρίας Mt 2:11. ἀνταποδοῦναι ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν μ. ἡμῶν 2 Th 1:7. ἐκδέχομαι αὐτὸν μ. τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Cor 16:11. Of delegations, composed of several units Mt 22:16; 2 Cor 8:18. συμφωνεῖν Mt 20:2.
    ⓔ of things ὧν τὸ αἷμα ἔμιξεν μ. τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν Lk 13:1. Pass. πιεῖν οἶνον μ. χολῆς μεμιγμένον Mt 27:34.
    ⓕ to show a close connection betw. two nouns, upon the first of which the main emphasis lies (Thu. 7, 75, 3 λύπη μ. φόβου; Pla., Rep. 9, 591b ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας λαμβάνειν; Ar. 11:2 τόξον ἔχειν μ. φαρέτρας) ἀγάπη μ. πίστεως Eph 6:23. πίστις μ. σωφροσύνης 1 Ti 2:15. εὐσέβεια μ. αὐταρκείας 6:6. Cp. Eph 4:2b; Col 1:11; 1 Ti 1:14. φάρμακον μ. οἰνομέλιτος ITr 6:2.
    ③ marker of attendant circumstances of someth. that takes place, with
    ⓐ of moods, emotions, wishes, feelings, excitement, states of mind or body (Xenophon Eph. 1, 15, 5 μ. ἀδείας; 2, 10, 4 μ. ἐπιμελείας; PAmh II, 133, 11 μετὰ πολλῶν κόπων; PLond II, 358, 8 p. 172 [II A.D.]; SIG index IV p. 445f; LXX [Johannessohn, Präp. 209ff]; En et al.) μ. αἰδοῦς with modesty 1 Ti 2:9. μ. αἰσχύνης with shame (s. αἰσχύνη 2) Lk 14:9. μ. εὐνοίας Eph 6:7. μ. εὐχαριστίας Phil 4:6; 1 Ti 4:3f; cp. Ac 24:3. μετὰ χαρᾶς (2 Macc 15:28; 3 Macc 5:21; 6:34; En 10:16; PsSol 8:16 al.; s. χαρά 1a) 1 Th 1:6; Hb 10:34; 13:17; cp. Phil 2:29. μ. φόβου καὶ τρόμου 2 Cor 7:15; Eph 6:5; Phil 2:12. μ. φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς Mt 28:8. μ. πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 Pt 3:16. μ. παρρησίας (Lev 26:13; 1 Macc 4:18; s. παρρησία 3a) Ac 2:29; 4:29, 31; 28:31; Hb 4:16. μ. πεποιθήσεως 1 Cl 31:3. μ. σπουδῆς (3 Macc 5:24, 27; Mel., P. 12, 80) Mk 6:25; Lk 1:39. μ. ταπεινοφροσύνης Eph 4:2a; cp. Ac 20:19. μ. ὀργῆς (3 Macc 6:23; TestJob 4:4) Mk 3:5. μ. δακρύων in tears (3 Macc 1:16; 4:2; 5:7; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 19 [Stone p. 20]; 14 p. 94, 21 [St. p. 36]; JosAs 28:8; ApcEsdr 6:23; s. δάκρυον) Mk 9:24 v.l.; Hb 5:7; 12:17. μ. εἰρήνης (s. εἰρήνη 1b) Ac 15:33; Hb 11:31.
    ⓑ of other accompanying phenomena (Antig. Car. 148 μετὰ φλογὸς καίεσθαι) μ. διωγμῶν though with persecutions Mk 10:30. μ. ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν 1 Ti 4:14. μ. νηστειῶν Ac 14:23. μ. θορύβου (Jos., Ant. 5, 216) 24:18. μ. παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 8:4. μ. παρατηρήσεως Lk 17:20. μ. ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας Ac 27:10 (s. ὕβρις 3). μ. φαντασίας 25:23. μ. δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27 (Just., A I, 50, 1 al. μ. δόξης, D. 132, 1 w. δυνάμεως). μ. ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ac 26:12 (Jos., Ant. 20, 180 μετʼ ἐξουσίας). μ. βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξάγειν τινά (s. βραχίων) Ac 13:17. μ. φωνῆς μεγάλης w. a loud voice Lk 17:15 (cp. EpArist 235; 281; JosAs 28:9). μ. σάλπιγγος with a trumpet call Mt 24:31 (Plut., Mor. 1135f μετʼ αὐλῶν=with the sound of flutes). σφραγίσαντες τ. λίθον μετὰ τ. κουστωδίας makes the stationing of the guard an accompaniment to the sealing of the stone Mt 27:66 (another possibility here is the instrumental use of μετά [Lycurgus the orator 124 μ. παραδειγμάτων διδάσκειν; SEG VIII, 246, 8 μετὰ κυνῶν—an instrument of torture—βασανίσαι; CWessely, Neue griech. Zauberpap. 1893, 234 γράφε μ. μέλανος; 2 Macc 6:16]: secure the stone by means of a guard; s. σφραγίζω 1).
    ⓒ of concrete objects, which serve as equipment (Appian, Maced. 9 §4 μετὰ χρυσῶν στεφάνων; POxy 123, 15; 19 μετὰ τῶν χλαμύδων εἰσβῆναι; 1 Esdr 5:57; Jdth 15:13; TestJob 24:10 μ. ψαλίδος; JosAs 7:4 μ. χρυσίου καὶ ἀργύριου; ParJer 9:31 μ. πολλῶν λίθων; ApcSed 7:10 μ. χαλιναρίου; ApcMos 40 μ. τῶν σινδόνων) μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Mt 26:47; 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:52. μ. φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὅπλων (Xenophon Eph. p. 336, 20 μ. λαμπάδων) J 18:3.
    B. w. acc. In our lit. only in the mng. after, behind
    ① marker of position that is behind someth., behind (Hom.+; Polyb.; Just., A I, 13, 4; Tat. 2, 2; not LXX) μ. τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα behind the second curtain Hb 9:3.
    ② marker of time after another point of time, after (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX)
    ⓐ with the time expressly given μ. πολὺν χρόνον (2 Macc 6:1.—μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρ.: Hero Alex. I p. 340, 6; SIG 1169, 54; Jos., Vi. 407) Mt 25:19. μ. τοσοῦτον χρόνον (4 Macc 5:7; ParJer 5:18) Hb 4:7. μ. χρόνον τινά (Diod S 9, 10, 2; Witkowski 26, 9 [III B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 8, 398; cp. En 106:1 μ. δὲ χρόνον; ApcSed 13:3 μ. χρόνον) Hv 1, 1, 2f; Hs 5, 2, 5; 9, 13, 8. μ. ἡμέρας ἕξ after six days Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2 (ApcMos 42 μ. τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας). μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 5; Polyaenus 6, 53; 8, 62; EpArist 301; TestJob 52:1f; 53:7; ParJer 9:14; Jos., Ant 7, 280) Mt 27:63; Mk 8:31; 10:34; Lk 2:46; cp. μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας AcPlCor 2:30. μ. δύο ἡμέρας Mt 26:2; Mk 14:1 (cp. Caesar, Bell. Gall. 4, 9, 1 post tertiam diem=on the third day). μ. τινας ἡμέρας Ac 15:36; 24:24. μετʼ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας (Artem. 1, 78 p. 72, 30; Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13. οὐ μ. πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not long after these days = within a few days Ac 1:5 (B-D-F §226; 433, 3; Rob. 612; 1158; Dssm., ZVS 45, 1913, 60). W. gen. foll. μ. ἡμέρας εἴκοσι τῆς προτέρας ὁράσεως twenty days after the former vision Hv 4, 1, 1 (cp. Biogr. p. 31 μετὰ ξ´ ἔτη τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου; Gen 16:3). μ. τρεῖς μῆνας Ac 28:11. μ. τρία ἔτη Gal 1:18. ὁ μ. τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονὼς νόμος 3:17.
    ⓑ w. designations that are general, but include the idea of time: μ. τὴν ἄφιξίν μου Ac 20:29. μ. τὸ πάσχα after the Passover 12:4. μ. τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος Mt 1:12.
    ⓒ gener. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν after the (time of) tribulation Mk 13:24; cp. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων Mt 24:29. μ. τὴν ἔγερσιν 27:53. μ. τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Ac 13:15. μ. τὸ βάπτισμα 10:37. μ. μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν Tit 3:10. μ. τὸ ψωμίον after he had eaten the piece of bread J 13:27.—Quite gener. μ. τοῦτο after this, afterward (Lucian, Hermot. 31; Gen 18:5; Lev 14:19; EpArist 258; TestJob 11:4; TestReub 1:9; TestLevi 6:3; Just., D. 57, 4) J 2:12; 11:7, 11; 19:28; Hb 9:27; Rv 7:1. μ. ταῦτα after this (Aeneas Tact. 240; 350; Diod S 1, 7, 1; Ex 3:20; 11:8 and oft.; TestJob 21:4; TestLevi 6:5; TestJos 19:5; JosAs 10:15; ParJer 3:10; ApcEsdr 4:36; ApcMos 2; Just., A I, 32, 6) Mk 16:12; Lk 5:27; 10:1 and oft. μ. οὐ πολύ (Dio Chrys. 56 [73], 8; Lucian, Scyth. 1; Herodian 1, 9, 7; BGU 614, 14; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 96 II, 9; 1 Esdr 3:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 132) not long afterward Ac 27:14. μ. μικρόν a short while afterward Mt 26:73; Mk 14:70 (Just., D. 56, 17). Also μ. βραχύ Lk 22:58 (cp. μετʼ ὀλίγον: Lucian, Dial, Mort. 15, 3; PRyl 77, 41; Wsd 15:8; Jdth 13:9; TestAbrA 7 p. 84, 8 [Stone p. 16]; GrBar 9:3; Jos., Ant. 12, 136; 10:15; Just., D. 56, 18).
    ⓓ w. subst. aor. inf. foll.
    α. w. acc. (SIG 633, 105; 640, 13; 695, 78; 1233, 1; Sir 46:20; Jdth 16:25; Bar 1:9; 1 Macc 1:1, 9; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 11 [Stone p. 80]; 117, 5 [St. p. 82]; TestJob 5:2; TestLevi 18:1; ApcMos 1; Just., A I, 50, 12.—B-D-F §406, 3; Rob. 979) μ. τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με after I am raised up Mt 26:32; Mk 14:28. μ. τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην after John was arrested Mk 1:14.—Ac 1:3; 7:4; 10:41; 15:13; 19:21; 20:1; Hv 2, 1, 3; m 4, 1, 7; Hs 8, 1, 3; 8, 2, 5.
    β. without acc. (Aelian, VH 12, 1 p. 118, 27; Herodian 2, 9, 5; SIG 976, 39; UPZ 110, 193 [164 B.C.]; Sir 23:20; 32:18 v.l.; 1 Macc 1:20; ApcMos 26:42f; Just., A I, 14, 1; Tat. 16, 1) μ. τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς after he had spoken to them Mk 16:19.—Lk 12:5; 1 Cor 11:25; Hb 10:26.—W. perf. inf. 10:15.—M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μετά

  • 4 ψάλλω

    ψάλλω fut. ψαλῶ (Aeschyl.+; ins, LXX; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 26f [Stone p. 54]; TestJob 14:2, 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 67; 12, 349; Just.; Mel., P. 80, 588; Did.) in our lit., in accordance w. OT usage, to sing songs of praise, with or without instrumental accompaniment, sing, sing praise w. dat. of the one for whom the praise is intended τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). ψαλλῶ σοι B 6:16 (Ps 107:4). τῷ κυρίῳ Eph 5:19: in this pass. a second dat. is added τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν in or with your hearts; here ψ. is found with ᾂδω (as Ps 26:6; 32:3; 56:8), and the question arises whether a contrast betw. the two words is intended. The original mng. of ψ. was ‘pluck’, ‘play’ (a stringed instrument); this persisted at least to the time of Lucian (cp. Par. 17). In the LXX ψ. freq. means ‘sing’, whether to the accompaniment of an instrument (Ps 32:2, 97:5 al.) or not, as is usually the case (Ps 7:18; 9:12; 107:4 al.). This focus on singing continued until ψ. in Mod. Gk. means ‘sing’ exclusively; cp. ψάλτης=singer, chanter, w. no ref. to instrumental accompaniment. Although the NT does not voice opposition to instrumental music, in view of Christian resistance to mystery cults, as well as Pharisaic aversion to musical instruments in worship (s. EWerner, art. ‘Music’, IDB 3, 466–69), it is likely that some such sense as make melody is best understood in this Eph pass. Those who favor ‘play’ (e.g. L-S-JM; ASouter, Pocket Lexicon, 1920; JMoffatt, transl. 1913) may be relying too much on the earliest mng. of ψάλλω. ψ. τῷ πνεύματι and in contrast to that ψ. τῷ νοί̈ sing praise in spiritual ecstasy and in full possession of one’s mental faculties 1 Cor 14:15. Abs. sing praise Js 5:13. WSmith, Musical Aspects of the NT, ’62; HSeidel, TRE XXIII 441–46.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ψάλλω

  • 5 σύν

    σύν (the Koine knows nothing of the Attic form ξύν; B-D-F §34, 4; Rob. 626) prep. w. dat. (Hom.+.—For lit. s. on ἀνά and μετά, beg.; Tycho Mommsen, Beiträge zu der Lehre v. den griech. Präp. 1895, esp. p. 395ff; B-D-F 221; Rob. 626–28) with (it is hazardous to attempt to establish subtle differences in use of σύν and μετά in ref. to association, for the NT manifests a rather fluid use).
    ⓐ with focus on associative aspect
    α. be, remain, stand, etc., with someone ἀνακεῖσθαι σύν τινι J 12:2. διατρίβειν Ac 14:28. τὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα Ac 4:14. μένειν Lk 1:56; 24:29 (here alternating w. μένειν μετά τινος as its equivalent).
    β. go, travel, etc. with someone ἔρχεσθαι σύν τινι go with, accompany someone (Jos., Vi. 65 Just., D. 78, 6) J 21:3; Ac 11:12; come with someone 2 Cor 9:4. ἀπέρχεσθαι Ac 5:26. εἰσέρχεσθαι (X., Cyr. 3, 3, 13; JosAs 22:2) Lk 8:51; Ac 3:8. ἐξέρχεσθαι J 18:1; Ac 10:23; 14:20; AcPl Ant 13, 3 (=Aa I 236, 6). συνέρχεσθαι 21:16. πορεύεσθαι Lk 7:6; Ac 10:20.
    γ. In the case of εἶναι σύν τινι the emphasis is sometimes purely on being together (Tat. 5, 1 πᾶσα δύναμις …), and somet. upon accompaniment: be with someone (X., An. 1, 8, 26; Alexandrian graffito, prob. fr. imperial times [Dssm., LO 257, 4=LAE 303, 1] εὔχομαι κἀγὼ ἐν τάχυ σὺν σοὶ εἶναι [addressed to a deceased person]) Lk 24:44 (ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν as 4 Macc 18:10); Phil 1:23 (Quint. Smyrn. 7, 698 of Achilles ἐστὶ σὺν ἀθανάτοισι); Col 2:5; w. indication of place ἐν τῷ ὄρει 2 Pt 1:18. Accompany, follow someone Lk 7:12. Be someone’s companion or disciple 8:38; 22:56; Ac 4:13; be among someone’s attendants 13:7. ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 14:4 (cp. X., Cyr. 7, 5, 77). οἱ σύν τινι ὄντες someone’s comrades, companions, attendants Mk 2:26; Ac 22:9. Without ὄντες (X., An. 2, 2, 1; UPZ 160, 9 [119 B.C.]; Jos., Vi. 196, Ant. 11, 105; 12, 393; Just., D. 9, 3 al.) Lk 5:9; 8:45 v.l.; 9:32; 24:10 (αἱ σὺν αὐταῖς); 24:33; Ac 5:17. In the sing. Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί Gal 2:3.—With a subst. (ParJer 7:9 τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ δεσμίοις; POxy 242, 33; BGU 1028, 19) οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται his fellow-artisans Ac 19:38. Στεφανᾶς καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ πρεσβύτεροι AcPlCor 1, 1. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφοί Ro 16:14; cp. Gal 1:2; Ro 16:15; Phil 4:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ πιστοί MPol 12:3.
    δ. γενέσθαι σύν τινι join someone Lk 2:13 (γίνομαι 6f). καθίσαι σύν τινι sit beside someone Ac 8:31.
    ⓑ w. focus on association in activity
    α. do: Ἁνανίας σὺν Σαπφίρῃ ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα Ac 5:1. ἐπίστευσεν σὺν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 18:8. προσεύχεσθαι 20:36. ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 21:24.—Phil 2:22.—Have empathy: καὶ ὁ ποιμὴν σὺν αὐτῷ λίαν ἱλαρὸς ἦν ἐπὶ τούτοις and the shepherd joined the angel in delight over these (fruitbearing cuttings) Hs 8, 1, 18 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 2 [Stone 68] ἔκλαυσεν σὺν τῷ υἰῷ αὐτου; TestJob 53:1)
    β. experience, suffer: σύν τινι ἀποθανεῖν Mt 26:35. ἀναιρεθῆναι Lk 23:32. σταυρωθῆναι Mt 27:38; cp. vs. 44. Cp. Ac 8:20; 1 Cor 11:32. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται σὺν τῷ πιστῷ Ἀβραάμ Gal 3:9. ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ Col 3:3.—In mystic union w. Christ the Christian comes to ἀποθανεῖν σὺν Χριστῷ Ro 6:8; Col 2:20 and to ζῆν σὺν αὐτῷ 2 Cor 13:4; cp. 1 Th 5:10 (ELohmeyer, Σὺν Χριστῷ: Deissmann Festschr. 1927, 218–57; JDupont, Σὺν Χριστῷ ’52).
    γ. To the personal obj. acc. of the verb in the act., σύν adds other persons who are undergoing the same experience at the same time with, just as (Philochorus [IV/III B.C.]: 328 Fgm. 7a Jac. ὥπλιζε σὺν τοῖς ἄρρεσι τὰς θηλείας) σὺν αὐτῷ σταυροῦσιν δύο λῃστάς Mk 15:27. ὁ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν 2 Cor 1:21. ἡμᾶς σὺν Ἰησοῦ ἐγερεῖ 4:14; cp. Col 2:13; 1 Th 4:14.
    ② marker of assistance (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37 ἢν οἱ θεοὶ σὺν ἡμῖν ὦσιν, An. 3, 1, 21; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 θεὸς σὺν αὐτῷ) ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ σὺν ἐμοί God’s grace, that came to my aid 1 Cor 15:10. (The expr. σὺν θεῷ: PGrenf II, 73, 16 ὅταν ἔλθῃ σὺν θεῷ; POxy 1220, 23 et al; Pind., O. 10, 105 [115] σὺν Κυπρογενεῖ ‘with the favor of Aphrodite’ is not semantically parallel; s. BRees, JEA 36, ’50, 94f).
    ③ marker of linkage, with focus on addition of a pers. or thing
    ⓐ with, at the same time as
    α. τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ my money with interest Mt 25:27 (POsl 40, 7 [150 A.D.] κεφάλαιον σὺν τ. τόκοις). αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ κλινιδίῳ Lk 5:19. σὺν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Ro 8:32. σύν τῷ πειρασμῷ καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν 1 Cor 10:13.
    β. somet. σύν is nearly equivalent to καί (O. Wilck 1535, 5 [II B.C.] τοῖς συνστρατιώταις σὺν Πλάτωνι; Johannessohn, Präp. 207; AssMos Fgm. f Denis p. 65 Ἰησοῦς … σὺν καὶ τῷ Χαλέβ) (together) with οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Lk 20:1. Πέτρος σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ Ac 3:4. Cp. Lk 23:11; Ac 2:14; 10:2; 14:5; 23:15; Eph 3:18; Phil 1:1 (cp. POxy 1293, 3 [117–38 A.D.]); 1 Cl 65:1; IPol 8:2. τὴν σάρκα σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν Gal 5:24. Cp. Eph 4:31; Js 1:11.
    ⓑ when a new factor is introduced besides, in addition to (Jos., Ant. 17, 171) σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις beside all this, in addition to or apart from all this (cp. σὺν τούτοις=‘apart fr. this’: Galen, CMG V 9, 1 p. 381, 2; 3 Macc 1:22; JosAs 11 cod. A [p. 53, 17 Bat.]; GrBar 16:3) Lk 24:21.
    ⓒ in combination w. ἅμα (q.v. 2b) 1 Th 4:17; 5:10.—BMcGrath, CBQ 14, ’52, 219–26: ‘Syn’-Words in Paul; OGert, D. mit. syn-verbundenen Formulierungen in paul. Schrifttum, diss. Berlin, ’52.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σύν

  • 6 καταυλέω

    A charm by flute-playing, τινος Pl.Lg. 790e, cf. R. 411a; τινα Alciphr.2.1: metaph., σε.. -ήσω φόβῳ I will flute to you on a ghastly flute, E.HF 871 (troch.):—[voice] Pass., of persons, μεθύων καὶ καταυλούμενος drinking wine to the strains of the flute, Pl.R. 561c; κ. πρὸς χελωνίδος ψόφον to be played to on the flute with lyre accompaniment, Posidon.10 J., cf. Call.Fr.10.3 P., Phld.Mus.p.49 K.
    2 c. gen. loci, make a place sound with flute-playing, Thphr.Fr.87:— [voice] Pass., resound with flute-playing,

    νῆσος κατηυλεῖτο Plu.Ant.56

    .
    II in [voice] Pass., [ τὸν μονόχορδον κανόνα] παρέχειν ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι.. καταυλούμενον subdued by a flute accompaniment, Ptol.Harm.2.12: metaph., to be piped down, ridiculed,

    γελώμενοι καὶ -ούμενοι Anon.

     ap. Suid., cf. Porph.Chr.34.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καταυλέω

  • 7 ἐπί

    ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)
    A

    ἐτ IG9(2).517.14

     (iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.
    A WITH GEN.:
    I of Place,
    1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,

    καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536

    ;

    ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12

    ;

    ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700

    ;

    κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345

    : without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)

    ἐλήλατο 10.153

    ; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455

    ;

    ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58

    ;

    οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528

    ;

    πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170

    ; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,

    νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416

    ; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;

    γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705

     (lyr.);

    νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613

    ;

    ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137

     (lyr.);

    οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35

    ;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103

    ; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74

    ;

    ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15

    ; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;

    οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a

    ; later of towns,

    ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16

     (ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;

    κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115

    ; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.
    2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;

    ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141

     (lyr.).
    b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.
    c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,

    εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195

    ; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;

    οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98

    ;

    ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63

    ;

    ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8

    ; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;

    αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40

    ;

    ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16

    ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also

    αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10

    ;

    πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d

    , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.
    d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11;

    οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79

    ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,

    ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90

    ; in X.,

    ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2

    ; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.
    e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,

    ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8

    ;

    ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36

    ; so, before a magistrate or official,

    ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11

     (i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;

    γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18

    ;

    τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d

    ;

    πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29

    ; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).
    f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,

    ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10

    ;

    ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3

    ;

    αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c

    , etc.;

    τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32

    ;

    τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210

    ; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);

    ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64

    ;

    τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7

    ;

    οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631

    ;

    ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2

    ; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,

    λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d

    , R. 524e, etc.;

    ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109

    ;

    ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12

    .
    3 implying Motion:
    a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;

    ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225

    ;

    τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389

    .
    b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.

    εἰς A.1.2

    ,

    ἐν A.1.8

    ), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;

    ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;

    ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79

     (v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,

    προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700

    ;

    τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546

     (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,

    ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14

    ;

    πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164

    , cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;

    ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64

    ; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.
    c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;

    ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14

    ; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;

    ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν

     with a view to..,

    Pl.Prt. 358b

    ; cf. infr. B. 111.2.
    II of Time, in the time of,

    ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637

    ,23.332;

    ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111

    ; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;

    ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2

    ;

    ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108

    ; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;

    ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32

    ; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;

    ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54

    , cf. X.HG5.1.36;

    αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5

    ; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;

    ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6

    ; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.
    b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.
    III in various causal senses:
    1 over, of persons in authority,

    ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109

    ; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;

    ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23

    ;

    ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5

    ; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.
    2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;

    ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94

    :

    ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107

    ; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also

    ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2

    .
    3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54

    ; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;

    τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180

    ;

    ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14

    , POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);

    ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90

    ; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).
    4 in respect of,

    ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17

    , cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,

    τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6

     (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DAT.:
    I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):
    1 with Verbs of Rest,

    ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354

    ;

    ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153

    ;

    στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222

    ;

    κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27

    ; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;

    ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420

    ;

    ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88

    , etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something,

    νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351

     (v.l. for ἐν)

    ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131

     (but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,

    ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77

    ;

    τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353

    ;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317

    ; also, at or near,

    ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408

    ;

    ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788

    , etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,

    ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160

    ;

    ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559

    , etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.
    b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470;

    τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400

    ; also, over or in honour of,

    ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91

    ; [

    βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776

    ;

    κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81

    , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.
    c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,

    οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37

    , cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,

    ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178

    ;

    ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268

    ;

    δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181

    , cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191

    ; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;

    νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5

    ; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.
    d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;

    ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644

    ;

    ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404

     (lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).
    e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'

    ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454

    , cf. 308;

    ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639

    , cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;

    ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10

    ; so of Numerals,

    τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20

    , cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;

    γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694

    : with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27

    ; νέκταρ

    ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e

    ; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835

    : metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.
    f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.
    g. in dependence upon, in the power of,

    τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76

    ; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;

    ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2

    ;

    ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22

    ; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;

    τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14

    ; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.
    h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;

    ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88

    ;

    ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662

     codd.(lyr.).
    i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,

    ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228

     (lyr.);

    ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36

    ;

    ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36

    ; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;

    ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b

    ;

    ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192

     (anap.).
    k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.
    2. with Verbs of Motion:
    a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,

    ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443

    ;

    θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92

    ;

    καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114

    ; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.

    ψαμάθοις 23.853

    ;

    ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55

    ; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας

    βαλεῖν S.Aj.51

    , etc.
    b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.

    ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499

    ;

    καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36

    ; ἦλθε δ'

    ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251

    , cf. 273;

    νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248

    .
    c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,

    νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327

    , 11.274.
    d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι

    Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91

    ;

    ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97

    ;

    ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358

    ;

    κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293

    ;

    ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214

    , cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι

    τετάχθαι Th.2.70

    , 3.13;

    ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2

     (Teos, v B.C.).
    II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;

    ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102

    ; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;

    ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112

    , 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;

    ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6

    ;

    ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16

    , PHolm.1.18.
    2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι

    ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62

    ; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;

    ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170

    , τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;

    τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855

     (lyr.), etc.
    3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc.,

    ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665

     A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87

    ; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;

    ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61

    ; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν

    ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16

    ;

    ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122

    , etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;

    δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540

    ;

    ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137

    , etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.

    δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315

     (lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.
    2. of an end or purpose,

    υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154

    , cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;

    ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68

    ;

    ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164

    ;

    ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56

    ; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;

    ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154

    ; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;

    ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38

    , cf.34, etc.;

    τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6

     (iv B.C.).
    3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114

    ; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126

     (but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,

    τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16

    ; γῆμαί

    τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13

    ;

    τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60

    ; on the principle of..,

    ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71

    .
    4. of the price for which..,

    ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304

    , cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .

    ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154

    ; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;

    ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332

    ;

    ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15

    ; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;

    ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας

     for

    225

    per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,

    δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27

    ; ἐπ' οἴνου

    κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18

    ;

    ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3

    ;

    δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1

    , cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.
    5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..

    ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b

    ; so

    ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12

    ; ὄνομα καλεῖν

    ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c

    , cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.

    ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b

     (v. supr. A. 111.2).
    6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;

    ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25

    ;

    οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89

    ;

    σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427

    ; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ

    στρατεύματι Th.6.29

    ;

    ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28

    ; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;

    οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2

    ;

    ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154

    .
    7. in possession of, possessing,

    ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105

    , cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;

    ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1

    ;

    ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78

    , cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);

    ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9

    .
    C. WITH Acc.:
    I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386

    , cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν

    ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131

    ;

    προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34

    ; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων

    ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265

    ; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;

    ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442

    ; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;

    Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212

    ;

    θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54

    ; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.
    b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).
    2. to,

    ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12

    , etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.

    τεῖχος 12.443

    ;

    ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48

    ;

    ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118

    ; ἐ.

    τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

    : c.acc. pers.,

    βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18

    , cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,

    ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d

    ;

    παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34

    , cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.
    b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;

    ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36

    ;

    ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88

     codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν

    τράπεζαν D.33.10

    ; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.
    c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),

    παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181

    ;

    ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27

    ,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων

    ἤλθομεν Od.23.248

    ; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,

    πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8

    , An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,

    τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12

    ; ὅσσον

    ἔφ' 2.616

    , cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;

    ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66

    ; ἐ.

    πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265

    ;

    ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18

    ; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον

    ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92

    ; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;

    ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118

    ; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,

    ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94

    , 4.181.
    d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),

    ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156

     (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);

    ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18

    .
    e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;

    ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2

     codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.
    3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57

    , etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v.

    κέρας v11

    ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;

    ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34

    ; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.
    4. in hostile sense, against,

    ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101

    ;

    ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590

    ; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;

    ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495

     (lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ

    Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90

    ;

    πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153

    ; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.
    5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα

    θαλάσσης 2.159

    ;

    ἐ. κύματα 13.27

    ;

    ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350

    ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;

    ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120

    ;

    ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a

    . 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;

    ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34

    , etc.; freq. to be rendered on,

    δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308

    ; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;

    ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447

    ; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;

    ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95

    ;

    ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2

    ; also, among,

    κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213

    , cf. 24.202, 535;

    δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.
    II. of Time, for or during a certain time,

    ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299

    , Od.14.193:

    πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407

    ;

    παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133

    ;

    ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415

    ;

    ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c

    , etc.; ἐπ'

    ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7

    ; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;

    γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68

    ; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;

    ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36

    ; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.
    2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος

    καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226

    .
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;

    ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808

    ;

    ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12

    ; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149

    , cf. S.OT 555;

    κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418

    ;

    κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23

    : with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;

    ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12

    ; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;

    ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439

    ;

    κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e

    , etc.;

    καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107

    ,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ

    τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b

    , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;

    ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22

    , 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν

    ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79

    , cf. Od.4.434;

    ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691

     (lyr.); χρήσιμος

    ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31

    : after a Noun,

    ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21

    ; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.
    2. so far as regards,

    τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889

    ;

    ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345

    ; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;

    τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;

    ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51

    ; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν

    ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82

    ;

    κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181

    ; ἐ.

    μέγα Call.Dian.55

    .
    3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς

    καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58

    , cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;

    ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.

    l.c.;

    ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b

     (cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται

    οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90

    .
    4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.
    D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,

    ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20

    , cf. Il.9.539.
    II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.

    γῆς Od.12.27

    , cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).
    E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας

    ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443

    ; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;

    πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182

     (lyr.).
    II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ

    ἐπέων 11.367

    ;

    ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393

     codd. (lyr.).
    F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v.

    ἐπέχω v11

    ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).
    G. IN COMPOSITION:
    I. of Place, denoting,
    1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.
    2. Motion,
    a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.
    b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.
    c. against,

    ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11

    , ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.
    e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.
    f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.
    g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.
    3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,

    ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1

    , ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.
    4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.
    5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.
    6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.
    II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,

    ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2

    .
    III. in causal senses:
    1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.
    2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.
    3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.
    4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

  • 8 κροῦσις

    A striking, smiting, collision, αἱ πρὸς ἀλλήλας κ., of atoms, Epicur.Nat.Herc.1431.16;

    ἡ πρὸς ἄλληλα κ. τῶν ὅπλων Plu. Aem.32

    ; ποδὸς κρούσει χρώμενος spurring with the heel, of a rider, Id.Alex.6.
    2 tapping or ringing of earthen vessels, to see whether they are sound: hence, generally, scrutiny, Suid.
    3 metaph., of sophistical attempts to deceive, chicanery, Ar.Nu. 318.
    4 playing on a stringed instrument, Plu.Per.15, 2.1137b, etc.: generally, instrumental music, Plb.30.22.5;

    κρούσεις καὶ μέλη Phld.Mus. p.13

     K.; παρὰ τὴν κροῦσιν λέγειν, of the recitative, ᾄδειν, of the air sung to the accompaniment of instrumental music, Plu.2.1141a; κ. ἡ ὑπὸ τὴν ᾠδήν heterophone accompaniment, ib.b.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κροῦσις

  • 9 ἐν

    ἐν (in crasis
    1

    κἀν I. 4.25

    , I. 6.59 coni., but

    καὶ ἐν P. 9.40

    : repeated 13 times O. 2.43, O. 6.55, I. 5.30 etc.: follows noun governed 7 times O. 13.44, P. 9.69, Παρθ. 2. 7, etc.: governs only the second of two nouns P. 4.130, O. 7.12:

    ἐνί P. 6.18

    , Θρ. 7. 3, fr. 163: joined with

    ἐπὶ N. 5.2

    ,

    παρά N. 9.34

    ) A prep. c. dat.
    1 of time.
    a of point of time, in, at, on δεῖ σάμερον

    ἐλθεῖν ἐν ὥρᾳ O. 6.28

    κυρίῳ δ' ἐν μηνὶ πέμποισ ἀμφιπόλους O. 6.32

    νῦν ἐν καὶ τελευτᾷ O. 7.26

    [ κἀν (Mosch.: ἐν καὶ codd. vulgo: καὶ cod. unus) P. 1.35] ἀλλ' ἐν ἕκτᾳ (sc. ἁμέρᾳ) P. 4.132

    τὰν πολυξέναν ἐν ἱερομηνίᾳ Νεμεάδι ἵκεο Δωρίδα νᾶσον Αἴγιναν N. 3.2

    νιν ἐρειδόμενον ναυαγίαις ἐξ ἀμετρήτας ἁλὸς ἐν κρυοέσσᾳ δέξατο συντυχίᾳ I. 1.37

    τοῖσιν ἐν δυθμαῖσιν αὐγᾶν φλὸξ ἀνατελλομένα συνεχὲς παννυχίζει I. 4.65

    “ ἐν διχομηνίδεσσιν δὲ ἑσπέραις ἐρατὸν λύοι κεν χαλινὸν ὑφ' ἥρωι παρθενίας” I. 8.44

    ἐν ζαθέῳ με δέξαι χρόνῳ Pae. 6.5

    ἀγῶνα Λοξίᾳ καταβάντεὐρὺν ἐν θεῶν ξενίᾳ Pae. 6.61

    τῷδ' ἐν ἄματι τερπνῷ Pae. 15.1

    Ψμέναιον, ὃν ἐν γάμοισι χροιζόμενον [Μοῖρα] σύμπρωτον λάβεν (Welcker: ἐργάμοισι cod.) Θρ. 3.. ἦν διακρῖναι ἰδόντ' λτ;οὐγτ; πολλὸς ἐν καιρῷ χρόνος” fr. 168. 6.
    b during, within, in the course of

    ἐν ἁμέρᾳ O. 1.6

    ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ O. 6.36

    ἐν χειμερίᾳ νυκτὶ O. 6.100

    ἐν δὲ μιᾷ μοίρᾳ χρόνου O. 7.94

    ἐν μικρῷ χρόνῳ O. 12.12

    ἐν ὄρφναῖσι P. 1.23

    ἐν δ' αὖτε χρόνῳ P. 3.96

    ἐν δαιτὸς δὲ μοίρᾳ P. 4.127

    ἀθρόαις πέντε νύκτεσσιν ἔν θ' ἁμέραις P. 4.130

    [ ἐνχρόνῳ (Chaeris: ἄν codd.) P.4. 258]

    ἐν δὲ χρόνῳ P. 4.291

    , P. 8.15

    ἐν δ' ὀλίγῳ βροτῶν τὸ τερπνὸν αὔξεται P. 8.92

    τέκε ἐν μόναις ὠδῖσιν Ἀλκμήνα διδύμων κρατησίμαχον σθένος υἱῶν P. 9.85

    ἕποιτο μοῖρα καὶ ὑστέραισιν ἐν ἁμέραις P. 10.18

    ἐν περισθενεῖ μαλαχθεὶς παγκρατίου στόλῳ N. 3.16

    ἐν δὲ πείρᾳ τέλος διαφαίνεται ὧν τις ἐξοχώτερος γένηται N. 3.70

    ἀπάλαιστος ἐν λόγῳ ἕλκειν N. 4.94

    ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀνάπαυσις ἐν παντὶ γλυκεῖα ἔργῳ N. 7.52

    ἦ τιν' ἄγλωσσον μὲν ἦτορ δ ἄλκιμον, λάθα κατέχει ἐν λυγρῷ νείκει (Hermann e Σ: κατέχει τε, κατέχειν codd.) N. 8.25 ἐν πολυφθόροις ἁμέραις (Boeckh: πολυφθόροις ἐν codd.) N. 8.31 χαίρω δὲ πρόσφορον ἐν μὲν ἔργῳ κόμπον ἱείς N.8.49. codd.) ἐν πολέμῳ N. 9.36. ἐν ἁλικίᾳ πρώτᾳ N.9.42. ἐν τελεταῖς δὶς Ἀθαναίων

    μιν ὀμφαὶ κώμασαν N. 10.34

    φθιμένου Κάστορος ἐν πολέμῳ N. 10.59

    “ παῦροι δ' ἐν πόνῳ πιστοὶ βροτῶν καμάτου μεταλαμβάνειν” N. 10.78

    ἐν δὲ χειμῶνι πλέων I. 2.42

    ἀλλ' ἁμέρᾳ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ I. 4.16

    ὀψίᾳ ἐν νυκτὶ I. 4.36

    τόλμᾳ γὰρ εἰκὼς θυμὸν ἐριβρεμετᾶν θηρῶν λεόντων ἐν πόνῳ I. 4.47

    καὶ νῦν ἐν Ἄρει μαρτυρήσαι κεν πόλις Αἴαντος ὀρθωθεῖσα ναύταις ἐν πολυφθόρῳ Σαλαμὶς Διὸς ὄμβρῳ (bis) I. 5.48—9. “Αἴαντα, λαῶν ἐν πόνοις ἔκπαγλον Ἐνυαλίου” I. 6.54 ἐν χρόνῳ δ' ἔγεντ Ἀπόλλων fr. 33b = fr. 147 Schr.

    ἄστρον ὑπέρτατον ἐν ἁμέρᾳ κλεπτόμενον Pae. 9.3

    ]βαρβιτίξαι θυμὸν ἀμβλὺν ὄντα καὶ φωνὰν ἐν οἴνῳ[ fr. 124d. ἐν δείπνοισι Λυδῶν ψαλμὸν ἀντίφθογγον ὑψηλᾶς ἀκούων πακτίδος fr. 125. 2. μηδ' ἀμαύρου τέρψιν ἐν βίῳ fr. 126. 1. ἀτὰρ εὑδόντεσσιν ἐν πολλοῖς ὀνείροις δείκνυσι τερπνῶν ἐφέρποισαν χαλεπῶν τε κρίσιν fr. 131b. 3. πενταετηρὶς ἑορτὰ ἐν ᾆ πρῶτον εὐνάσθην fr. 193.
    c in the space of

    πολλῶν πείρατα συντανύσαις ἐν βραχεῖ P. 1.82

    βάματι δ' ἐν πρώτῳ κιχὼν παῖδ P. 3.43

    τὸν Ἀργείων τρόπον εἰρήσεταί που κἀν βραχίστοις (Heyne: που κἐν, πα κ' ἐν codd.) I. 6.59
    2 of place.
    a ἐν Πέλοπος ἀποικίᾳ. O. 1.24

    ἐν βάσσαις Κρονίου Πέλοπος O. 3.23

    ἐν Πίσᾳ O. 6.5

    ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ O. 6.26

    ἐν Ὀλυμπιάδι O. 10.16

    ἐν Πίσᾳ O. 10.43

    ἐν Ὀλυμπίοισί τε καὶ βαθυκόλπου Γᾶς ἀέθλοις ἔν τε καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπιχωρίοις P. 9.101

    ἐν δὲ Πυθῶνι O. 2.39

    ἐν Δελφοῖσιν O. 13.43

    Πυθιάδος δ' ἐν δρόμῳ P. 1.32

    ἐν δ' ἄρα μηλοδόκῳ Πυθῶνι P. 3.27

    ἐν πολυχρύσῳ Ἀπολλωνίᾳ τετείχισται νάπᾳ P. 6.8

    Κρισαίαις ἐνὶ πτυχαῖς P. 6.18

    Πυθῶνος ἐν γυάλοις P. 8.63

    ἐν Πυθιάδι P. 8.84

    ἐν Πυθῶνι ἀγαθέᾳ P. 9.71

    ἀγῶνί τε Κίρρας, ἐν τῷ Θρασυδᾷος ἔμνασεν P. 11.13

    ἐν ἀφνεαῖς ἀρούραισι Πυλάδα νικῶν P. 11.15

    Καφισίδος ἐν τεμένει P. 12.27

    ἐν Πυθίοισί τε νικᾶν N. 2.9

    ἐν ἀγαθέᾳ Πυθῶνι N. 6.34

    ἐν Πυθίοισι δὲ δαπέδοις κεῖται N. 7.34

    ἐν Πυθῶνι πειρᾶσθαι καὶ Ὀλυμπίᾳ ἀέθλων N. 11.23

    ἐν Κρίσᾳ I. 2.18

    χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος O. 13.44

    Νεμεαίου ἐν πολυυμνήτῳ Διὸς ἄλσει N. 2.5

    ἐν Νεμέᾳ N. 2.23

    ἐν βαθυπεδίῳ Νεμέᾳ N. 3.18

    κοίλᾳ λέοντος ἐν βαθυστέρνου νάπᾳ I. 3.12

    ἐν Νεμέᾳ I. 6.3

    “θηρός, ὃν πάμπρωτον ἀέθλων κτεῖνά ποτἐν Νεμέᾳ” I. 6.48

    κλεινᾷ τἐν Ἰσθμῷ O. 7.81

    ἐν Κορίνθου πύλαις O. 9.86

    ἐν Ἰσθμιάδεσσιν O. 13.33

    ἐν δἀμφιάλοισι Ποτειδᾶνος τεθμοῖσιν O. 13.40

    ἐν ἐσλοῦ Πέλοπος πτυχαῖς N. 2.21

    Ὀρσοτριαίνα ἐν ἀγῶνι βαρυκτύπου N. 4.87

    ἐν ἀμφικτιόνων ταυροφόνῳ τριετηρίδι N. 6.39

    τρὶς μὲν' ἐν πόντοιο πύλαισι λαχών N. 10.27

    Κορίνθου τἐν μυχοῖς N. 10.42

    ἐν βάσσαισιν Ἰσθμοῦ I. 3.11

    ἐν Ἰσθμῷ διπλόα θάλλοισἀρετά I. 5.17

    cf. ( Κόρινθον)

    ἐν τᾷ γὰρ Εὐνομία ναίει O. 13.6

    ἐν ἄστει Πειράνας O. 13.61

    ἐν Θήβαισι O. 6.16

    τά τἐν Ἀρκαδίᾳ ἔργα καὶ Θήβαις O. 7.84

    ἐν Θήβαις O. 13.107

    ἐν ἑπταπύλοις Θήβαις P. 3.90

    , P. 8.39 “ ἐν Κάδμου πύλαις” P. 8.47

    Θήβαις τ' ἐν ἑπταπύλοις N. 4.19

    ἐν Θήβαις N. 10.8

    ἐν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν θυσίαισι φαενναῖς Οἰνείδαι κρατεροί, ἐν δὲ Θήβαις ἱπποσόας Ἰόλαος γέρας ἔχει, Περσεὺς δ' ἐν Ἄργει I. 5.30

    —3.

    ἐν ἑπταπύλοισι Θήβαις I. 8.16

    ἐ]ν ἑπταπύλοισι —[ (sc. Θήβαις) fr. 169. 47.

    κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις O. 7.82

    ἐν Ἀθάναις O. 9.88

    κρανααῖς ἐν Ἀθάναισι O. 13.38

    , N. 8.11

    ταῖς λιπαραῖς ἐν Ἀθάναις I. 2.20

    ἅ τε κἀν γουνοῖς Ἀθανᾶν ἅρμα καρύξαισα νικᾶν ἔν τ' Ἀδραστείοις ἀέθλοις (Boeckh: κεἰν, κἠν codd.) I. 4.25 ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς Ἀθάναις οἰχνεῖτε fr. 75. 4.

    ἐν Σικελίᾳ O. 1.12

    ἐν Ἄργει O. 7.83

    ἐν Μεγάροισιν O. 7.86

    ἐν Μαραθῶνι O. 9.89

    ἐν Σπάρτᾳ P. 1.77

    ἐν Φθίᾳ P. 3.101

    “ ἐν δὲ Νάξῳ” P. 4.88

    Λακεδαίμονι ἐν Ἄργει τε καὶ ζαθέᾳ Πύλῳ P. 5.70

    ἐν Μεγάροις (ἐν secl. byz.) P. 8.78

    ἐν Ἄργει P. 9.112

    τῶν δἐν Ἑλλάδι τερπνῶν P. 10.19

    κλυταῖς ἐν Ἀμύκλαις P. 11.32

    ἄειδ' ἐν Παλίῳ (Pauw: ἀείδει Παλίῳ codd.) N. 5.22

    ἐν Τροίᾳ N. 2.14

    ποντίᾳ ἔν ποτε Κύπρῳ N. 8.18

    ἐν Κέῳ ἀμφιρύτᾳ I. 1.8

    ἐν Φυλάκᾳ I. 1.59

    ἀλλ' ἐν Οἰνώνᾳ I. 5.34

    ἐν Ἐπιδαύρῳ I. 8.68

    ]ν ἐν Ἄργει μεγάλῳ[ Δ. 1.. ἐν Ἀρίμοις ποτέ fr. 93. ἐν ἀιόνεσσιν Ὀγχη[στοῦ ] ἔν τε Πίσᾳ Παρθ. 2.. ἐν δ' ἄρα καὶ Τενέδῳ fr. 123. 13.

    Μαιναλίαισιν ἐν δειραῖς O. 9.59

    ἐν Παλίου σφυροῖς P. 2.45

    “ Διὸς ἐν Ἄμμωνος θεμέθλοις” P. 4.16 “ Τριτωνίδος ἐν προχοαῖς λίμνας” P. 4.20

    Ἄπολλον, τεᾷ, Καρνήἰ, ἐν δαιτὶ P. 5.80

    ἐν μυχοῖσι Πιερίδων P. 6.49

    μυχῷ τ' ἐν Μαραθῶνος P. 8.79

    Πίνδου κλεεναῖς ἐν πτυχαῖς P. 9.15

    Αἰγίνᾳ τε γὰρ Νίσου τἐν λόφῳ P. 9.91

    τελεταῖς ὡρίαις ἐν Παλλάδος P. 9.98

    ἐν πεδίῳ Φλέγρας N. 1.67

    Νίσου τ' ἐν εὐαγκεῖ λόφῳ N. 5.46

    ἐν γυάλοις Θεράπνας N. 10.56

    ζαθεᾶς Πάρου ἐν γυάλοις fr. 140a. 63 (37). ἐν Κόλχων δόμοις fr. 172. 7.

    ἐν δρόμοισι O. 1.21

    ἐν δρόμοις O. 1.94

    ἐν ἀέθλοις ἐν μάχαις τε O. 2.43

    —4.

    Αἶαν, τεόν τἐν δαιτί, Ἰλιάδα, νικῶν ἐπεστεφάνωσε βωμόν O. 9.112

    ἱεροῖς ἐν ἀέθλοις O. 13.15

    νικαφόροις ἐν ἀέθλοις καὶ θοαῖς ἐν μάχαις P. 8.26

    ἔν τ' ἀέθλοισιν ἀριστεύων N. 11.14

    ἔν τ' ἀέθλοισι I. 1.18

    ἔν τε γυμνοῖσι σταδίοις ἔν τ' ἀσπιδοδούποισιν ὁπλίταις δρόμοις I. 1.23

    ὠκυδινάτοις ἐν ἁμίλλαισι I. 5.6

    ἔν τ' ἀγωνίοις ἀέθλοισι I. 5.7

    ]ἐν δαιτί τε πα[ Πα. 13a. 21.

    ἐν οἴκῳ O. 6.48

    μεγαλοκευθέεσσιν ἔν ποτε θαλάμοις P. 2.33

    ἐν θαλάμῳ P. 3.11

    τείχει ἐν ξυλίνῳ P. 3.38

    “ ἐν λέχεσιν” P. 4.51 “ πολυχρύσῳ ποτ' ἐν δώματι” P. 4.53 ἄλλοις ἐν τείχεσιν” P.4.268. “ ἐν δώμασι” P. 4.113

    θαλάμῳ δὲ μίγεν ἐν πολυχρύσῳ Λιβύας P. 9.69

    ἐν μεγάρῳ N. 1.31

    Φιλύρας ἐν δόμοις N. 3.43

    ἐν λέκτροις Ἀκάστου N. 5.30

    Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἐν θυρέτροις I. 7.6

    ἐν μεγάροις Δ. 2.. ἐν τᾷδε Διὸς ἀρχᾷ O. 2.58

    ἐν Οὐλύμπῳ O. 13.92

    ἐν οὐρανῷ O. 14.10

    ἐν αἰνᾷ Ταρτάρῳ P. 1.15

    χρυσέαις ἐν ἕδραις P. 3.94

    “ δώμασιν ἐν χρυσέοις” P. 9.56

    ὀλβίοις ἐν δώμασι N. 1.71

    “ οὐρανοῦ ἐν χρυσέοις δόμοισιν” N. 10.88 ἐν Ὀλύμπῳ fr. 33c. 5.

    ἐν καὶ θαλάσσᾳ O. 2.28

    ἐν πελάγει O. 7.56

    ἁλμυροῖς δ' ἐν βένθεσιν O. 7.57

    ἐν πόντῳ ἐν χέρσῳ τε O. 12.3

    —4. “ ἐν θαλάσσᾳ καὶ ποταμοῖς” P. 9.47

    ἐν χέρσῳ N. 1.62

    ἐν πελάγει N. 3.23

    ἐν δΕὐξείνῳ πελάγει N. 4.49

    ἐν κονίᾳ χέρσῳ, τὰ δὲ γείτονι πόντῳ N. 9.43

    ἐν πόντῳ I. 5.5

    ἐν πεδίῳ I. 8.54

    ἐν πόντῳ I. 9.7

    πελάγει δ' ἐν πολυχρύσοιο πλούτου fr. 124. 6. ἀκύμονος ἐν πόντου πελάγει fr. 140b. 16. ἐν πόντῳ P. Oxy. 2622. 13 ad ?fr. 346.

    ἐν ναυσὶ κοίλαις O. 6.10

    ἐν Μοισᾶν δίφρῳ O. 9.81

    ἐν ναυσὶν P. 3.68

    ἐπὶ πάσας ὁλκάδος ἔν τ' ἀκάτῳ N. 5.2

    ἐν ναυσὶν I. 6.30

    κελεύθῳ τἐν καθαρᾷ O. 6.23

    ἀλλἔν κέκρυπτο γὰρ σχοίνῳ βατιᾷ τἐν ἀπειρίτῳ (v. κρύπτω) O. 6.55

    πτολιπόρθοις ἐν μάχαις O. 8.35

    οὐλίῳ ἐν Ἄρει O. 9.76

    ταύτᾳ δἐν πρωτογόνῳ τελετᾷ O. 10.51

    ἐν ἅπαντι κράτει O. 10.82

    ἐν ἀλκᾷ O. 13.55

    οἵαις ἐν πολέμοισι μάχαις P. 1.47

    Ἰξίονα ἐν πτερόεντι τροχῷ παντᾷ κυλινδόμενον P. 2.22

    χρυσὸς ἐν χερσὶν φανεὶς P. 3.55

    ἐν ὄρει P. 3.90

    ἐν πολέμῳ P. 3.101

    ἐν ἀργεννόεντι μαστῷ P. 4.8

    ἐν ἀγορᾷ P. 4.85

    ἐν πρύμνᾳ P. 4.194

    ἐν μέσσοις P. 4.224

    ἐν ἀλλοδαπαῖς ἀρούραις P. 4.254

    πειρῶντι δὲ καὶ χρυσὸς ἐν βασάνῳ πρέπει καὶ νόος ὀρθός P. 10.67

    χρὴ δ' ἐν εὐθείαις ὁδοῖς στείχοντα μάρνασθαι φυᾷ N. 1.25

    παρὰ πεζοβόαις ἵπποις τε ναῶν τ' ἐν μάχαις N. 9.34 δρυὸς ἐν στελέχει ἡμένους i. e. inside N. 10.61

    καὶ ξενίου Διὸς ἀσκεῖται θέμις αἰενάοις ἐν τραπέζαις N. 11.8

    πατρίδι ἐν ᾇ καὶ τὸν ἀδείμαντον Ἀλκμήνα τέκεν παῖδα I. 1.12

    πατρωίαις ἐν ἀρούραις Pae. 6.106

    λτ;ἐνγτ; [τεμέ]νει φίλῳ (supp. Zenodot)

    Πα.. 12. χρηστήριον[ ] ἐν ᾧ Τήνερον ἔτεκεν Pae. 9.41

    ἐρατειναῖς ἐν εὐναῖς (add. Boeckh: ἐν om. codd.) fr. 122. 7. φοινικορόδοις δ' ἐνὶ λειμώνεσσι (coni. Boeckh: ἐν cod.) Θρ.. 3. ἄγαν φιλοτιμίαν μνώμενοι ἐν πόλεσιν ἄνδρες fr. 210.
    b at, before met.,

    τὸ δ' ἐν ποσί μοι τράχον ἴτω τεὸν χρέος P. 8.32

    μαστεύει δὲ καὶ τέρψις ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι πιστόν (τουτέστι θεωρῆσαι Σ.) N. 8.43
    3 in, contained in, surrounded by
    a of clothing, simm.

    χαλκέοισι δ' ἐν ἔντεσι νικῶν δρόμον O. 4.22

    ἴστω γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ πεδίλῳ δαιμόνιον πόδ' ἔχων O. 6.8

    “ σπαργάνοις ἐν πορφυρέοις” P. 4.114

    Ὀλυμπιονίκα δὶς ἐν πολεμαδόκοις Ἄρεος ὅπλοις P. 10.13

    ἐπεὶ ἐν χαλκέοις ὅπλοις Τηλεβόας ἔναρεν N. 10.14

    τὸν μὲν ἐν ῥίνῳ λέοντος στάντα I. 6.37

    cf. ὑφ' ἅρμασιν ἵππος, ἐν δ ἀρότρῳ βοῦς ( harnessed to) fr. 234. 2.
    b contained in

    μονόψαφον ἐν κολεῷ κατασχοῖσα ξίφος N. 10.6

    καρπὸς ἐλαίας ἔμολεν Ἥρας τὸν εὐάνορα λαὸν ἐν ἀγγέων ἕρκεσιν παμποικίλοις N. 10.36

    c of light and darkness.

    ἐν ὄρφνᾳ O. 1.71

    O. 13.70

    ἐν σκότῳ O. 1.83

    ἐν καθαρῷ O. 10.45

    φάει δὲ ἐν καθαρῷ P. 6.14

    σφόδρα δόξομεν δαίων ὑπέρτεροι ἐν φάει καταβαίνειν N. 4.38

    νεκρὸν ἵππον στυγέοισι λόγῳ κείμενον ἐν φάει, κρυφᾷ δὲ (Heyne: φασι codd.) fr. 203. 2. met.,

    ὅστις ἐν ταύτᾳ νεφέλᾳ χάλαζαν αἵματος πρὸ φίλας πάτρας ἀμύνεται I. 7.27

    d met.,

    εἶδον γὰρ ἑκὰς ἐὼν τὰ πόλλ' ἐν ἀμαχανίᾳ ψογερὸν Ἀρχίλοχον βαρυλόγοις ἔχθεσιν πιαινόμενον P. 2.54

    ἔστι δ' ἐν εὐτυχίᾳ πανδοξίας ἄκρον N.1.10.

    τὸν μονοκρήπιδα πάντως ἐν φυλακᾷ σχε θέμεν μεγάλᾳ P. 4.75

    4 of feelings, thoughts.

    ἐν θυμῷ πιέσαις χόλον ὀξείᾳ μελέτᾳ O. 6.37

    ἀγώνιον ἐν δόξᾳ θέμενος εὖχος O. 10.63

    εὐανθεῖ δ' ἐν ὀργᾷ παρμένων P. 1.89

    αὐτὰν ἐν φρασὶ καιομέναν P. 4.219

    ὄφρα ἐν φρασὶ πάξαιθ, ὅπως σφίσι μὴ κοίρανος μόλοι N. 3.62

    a

    ζώει μὲν ἐν Ὀλυμπίοις O. 2.25

    Πηλεύς τε καὶ Κάδμος ἐν τοῖσιν ἀλέγονται O. 2.78

    φύονται δὲ καὶ νέοις ἐν ἀνδράσιν πολιαὶ O. 4.26

    τερπνὸν δ' ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἴσον ἔσσεται οὐδέν O. 8.53

    τίς γὰρ ἱππείοις ἐν ἔντεσσιν μέτρα ἐπέθηκ; O. 13.20

    οὔτ' ἐν ἀνδράσι γερασφόρον οὔτ ἐν θεῶν νόμοις P. 2.43

    τὰ μὲν ἐν ἱπποσόαισιν ἄνδρεσσι μαρνάμενον, τὰ δ' ἐν πεζομάχαισι P. 2.65

    ἐν ἀγαθοῖς P. 2.81

    ἐν ἀνθρώποισι P. 3.21

    σμικρὸς ἐν σμικροῖς, μέγας ἐν μεγάλοις ἔσσομαι P. 3.107

    “ τρίταισιν δ' ἐν γοναῖς” P. 4.143

    κεῖνος γὰρ ἐν παισὶν νέος, ἐν δὲ βουλαῖς πρέσβυς P. 4.281

    —2.

    ἔν τε σοφοῖς πολίταις P. 4.295

    ἐν τεσσαράκοντα γὰρ πετόντεσσιν ἁνιόχοις ὅλον δίφρον κομίξαις P. 5.49

    θάρσος τε τανύπτερος ἐν ὄρνιξιν αἰετὸς ἔπλετο P. 5.112

    ἔν τε Μοίσαισι ποτανὸς ἀπὸ ματρὸς φίλας P. 5.114

    “ καὶ ἔν τε θεοῖς τοῦτο κἀνθρώποις ὁμῶς αἰδέοντ” P. 9.40 βαιὰ δ' ἐν μακροῖσι ποικίλλειν ἀκοὰ σοφοῖς P.9. 77.

    εἶπε δ' ἐν μέσσοις ἀπάγεσθαι P. 9.119

    θαητὸν ἐν ἅλιξι θησέμεν ἐν καὶ παλαιτέροις P. 10.58

    πέφνεν τε ματέρα θῆκέ τ' Αἴγισθον ἐν φοναῖς P. 11.37

    εἰ δέ τις ὄλβος ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν, ἄνευ καμάτου οὐ φαίνεται P. 12.28

    ἐγὼ δ' Ἡρακλέος ἀντέχομαι προφρόνως ἐν κορυφαῖς ἀρετᾶν μεγάλαις N. 1.34

    παλαιαῖσι δ' ἐν ἀρεταῖς γέγαθε Πηλεὺς ἄναξ, ὑπέραλλον αἰχμὰν ταμών N. 3.32

    ἐν παισὶ νέοισι παῖς, ἐν ἀνδράσιν ἀνήρ, τρίτον ἐν παλαιτέροισι N. 3.72

    —3.

    ἔστι δαἰετὸς ὠκὺς ἐν ποτανοῖς N. 3.80

    ἐν δὲ μέσαις (sc. Μοίσαις)

    φόρμιγγ' Ἀπόλλων ἑπτάγλωσσον χρυσέῳ πλάκτρῳ διώκων N. 5.23

    ἔν τε δαμόταις ὄμματι δέρκομαι λαμπρόν N. 7.65

    ἀρετὰ ἐν σοφοῖς

    ἀνδρῶν ἀερθεῖσ' ἐν δικαίοις τε N. 8.41

    ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις φεύγοντι καὶ παῖδες θεῶν N. 9.27

    Τυνδαρίδας δ' ἐν Ἀχαιοῖς ὑψίπεδον Θεράπνας οἰκέων ἕδος I. 1.31

    γαρύσομαι τοῦδ' ἀνδρὸς ἐν τιμαῖσιν ἀγακλέα τὰν Ἀσωποδώρου πατρὸς αἶσαν I. 1.34

    ἄμμι δ' ἔοικε καὶ σέθεν, Ἀμφιτρύων, παῖδας προσειπεῖν, τὸν Μινύα τε μυχὸν καὶ τὸ Δάματρος κλυτὸν ἄλσος Ἐλευσῖνα καὶ Εὔβοιαν, ἐν γναμπτοῖς δρόμοις ( when we talk of Farnell) I. 1.57

    Ἀοσφόρος θαητὸς ὣς ἄστροις ἐν ἄλλοις I. 4.24

    αἰνέω καὶ Πυθέαν ἐν γυιοδάμαις Φυλακίδᾳ πλαγᾶν δρόμον εὐθυπορῆσαι I. 5.59

    φαίης κέ νιν ἄνδρ' ἐν ἀεθληταῖσιν ἔμμεν Ναξίαν πέτραις ἐν ἄλλαις χαλκοδάμαντ ἀκόναν ( ἀνδράσιν ἀεθληταῖσιν coni. Heyne) I. 6.72

    εἶπε δεὔβουλος ἐν μέσοισι Θέμις I. 8.31

    Ἄρτεμις ζεύξαισ' ἐν ὀργαῖς Βακχίαις φῦλον λεόντων α[ Δ. 2. 2. νομάδεσσι γὰρ ἐν Σκύθαις ἀλᾶται fr. 105b. 1.

    νέφεσσι δ' ἐν χρυσέοις Ὀλύμποιο καὶ κορυφαῖσιν ἵζων Pae. 6.92

    b between

    οἷον Αἴτνας ἐν μελαμφύλλοις δέδεται κορυφαῖς καὶ πέδῳ P. 1.27

    καταίνησάν τε κοινὸν γάμον γλυκὺν ἐν ἀλλάλοισι μεῖξαι P. 4.223

    ἐπεὶ τετραόροισιν ὥθ' ἁρμάτων ζυγοῖς ἐν τεμένεσσι δόμον ἔχει τεοῖς N. 7.94

    a

    ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν O. 2.16

    βουλαῖς ἐν ὀρθαῖσι Ῥαδαμάνθυος O. 2.75

    ἐν δίκᾳ ( ἐνδίκας coni. Snell) O. 6.12

    τελεύταθεν δὲ λόγων κορυφαὶ ἐν ἀλαθείᾳ πετοῖσαι O. 7.69

    πόλιν Ψλλίδος στάθμας Ἱέρων ἐν νόμοις ἔκτισσε P. 1.62

    θέλοντι δὲ αἰεὶ μένειν τεθμοῖσιν ἐν Αἰγιμιοῦ Δωριεῖς P. 1.64

    οὔτ' ἐν ἀνδράσι γερασφόρον οὔτ ἐν θεῶν νόμοις P. 2.43

    σὲ δ' ἐν τούτῳ λόγῳ χρησμὸς ὤρθωσεν P. 4.59

    “ τᾶν ἐν δυνατῷ φιλοτάτων” P. 4.92

    σὲ δ' ἐρχόμενον ἐν δίκᾳ P. 5.14

    τό γ' ἐν ξυνῷ πεποναμένον εὗ μὴ κρυπτέτω i. e. in the common good P. 9.93

    θεόθεν ἐραίμαν καλῶν δυνατὰ μαιόμενος ἐν ἁλικίᾳ P. 11.51

    αἰδέομαι μέγα εἰπεῖν ἐν δίκᾳ τε μὴ κεκινδυνευμένον N. 5.14

    ἴχνεσιν ἐν Πραξιδάμαντος ἑὸν πόδα νέμων N. 6.15

    τρὶς μὲν ἐν πόντοιο πύλαισι λαχών, τρὶς δὲ καὶ σεμνοῖς δαπέδοις ἐν Ἀδραστείῳ νόμῳ (cf. P. 2.43) N. 10.28

    ἱπποτροφίας τε νομίζων ἐν Πανελλάνων νόμῳ I. 2.38

    ἐν ξυνῷ κεν εἴη συμπόταισίν τε γλυκερὸν κέντρον fr. 124. 2. cf. ἐγὼ δὲ ἴδιος ἐν κοινῷ σταλεὶς (in a public position) O. 13.49
    b in of musical terms. Λύδῳ γὰρ Ἀσώπιχον ἐν τρόπῳ ἐν μελέταις τ' ἀείδων ἔμολον (ἐν ante τρόπῳ del. Schr. metri causa) O. 14.17—8.

    ἐν Αἰολίδεσσι χορδαῖς P. 2.69

    πόμ' ἀοίδιμον Αἰολίσσιν ἐν πνοαῖσιν αὐλῶν ( ἐμπνοαῖσιν coni. Turyn) N. 3.79 esp. to the accompaniment of, amidst

    ἱκέτας σέθεν ἔρχομαι Λυδίοις ἀπύων ἐν αὐλοῖς O. 5.19

    κεῖνος ἀνήρ, ἐπικύρσαις ἀφθόνων ἀστῶν ἐν ἱμερταῖς ἀοιδαῖς O. 6.7

    ἄλλοτε δ' ἄλλον ἐποπτεύει Χάρις ζωθάλμιος ἁδυμελεῖ θαμὰ μὲν φόρμιγγι παμφώνοισί τ ἐν ἔντεσιν αὐλῶν O. 7.12

    τὸν ( Ἀρκεσίλαν)

    ἐν ἀοιδᾷ νέων πρέπει χρυσάορα Φοῖβον ἀπύειν P. 5.104

    κλέονται δ' ἔν τε φορμίγγεσσιν ἐν αὐλῶν τε παμφώνοις ὁμοκλαῖς μυρίον χρόνον I. 5.27

    ἔν δ' ἐρατεινῷ μέλιτι καὶ τοιαίδε τιμαὶ καλλίνικον χάρμ ἀγαπάζοντι I. 5.54

    ]

    ἀοιδαῖς ἐν εὐπλε[κεσσι Pae. 3.12

    λτ;ἐν ἀοιδᾷ> supp. Snell e Σ pap. Pae. 14.20
    7 instrumental in, with, by means of

    τετραορίας ἐλελίχθονος, εὐάρματος Ἱέρων ἐν ᾇ κρατέων P. 2.5

    καπνωθεῖσαν πάτραν ἐπεὶ ἴδον ἐν Ἄρει P. 5.85

    τὰ μὲν ἐν ἅρμασι καλλίνικοι πάλαι (ἐν om. codd.: supp. Tricl.) P. 11.46

    ἀνδησάμενός τε κόμαν ἐν πορφυρέοις ἔρνεσιν N. 11.28

    κρυφίαισι γὰρ ἐν ψάφοις Ὀδυσσῆ Δαναοὶ θεράπευσαν N. 8.26

    esp. with

    χείρ. οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες ἐν χερὸς ἀκμᾷ O. 2.63

    ἀγαναῖσιν ἐν χερσὶ ποικιλανίους ἐδάμασσε πώλους P. 2.8

    ἐν χερὶ δ' Ἀμφιτρύων κολεοῦ γυμνὸν τινάσσων φάσγανον N. 1.52

    ἐν λόγοις δ' ἀστῶν ἀγαθοῖσιν ἐπαινεῖσθαι χρεών N. 11.17

    χερσίν τ' ἐν μαλακαῖσιν ὅρπακ ἀγλαὸν δάφνας ὀχέοισα Παρθ. 2. 7.
    8 upon, into following verbs of movement.

    ἐν τέτρασιν παίδων ἀπεθήκατο γυίοις νόστον ἔχθιστον O. 8.68

    ἐν καρδίαις ἀνδρῶν ἔβαλον ὧραι πολυάνθεμοι ἀρχαῖα σοφίσμαθ O. 13.16

    ὠπυπόρων ἀπὸ ναῶν ὅ σφιν ἐν πόντῳ βάλεθ' ἁλικίαν P. 1.74

    ἐν δ' ἀφύκτοισι γυιοπέδαις πεσὼν P. 2.41

    καί τί οἱ φίλτρον ἐν θυμῷ μελιγάρυες ὕμνοι ἁμέτεροι τίθεν (om. codd.: supp. Mosch.) P. 3.64 “ ἐν τᾷδ' ἄφθιτον νάσῳ κέχυται Λιβύας σπέρμα” (cf. I. 1.4) P. 4.42

    ἐν ἀλύτῳ ζεύξαισα κύκλῳ μαινάδ' ὄρνιν P. 4.215

    τιθεῖς ὕβριν ἐν ἄντλῳ P. 8.12

    “ νέκταρ ἐν χείλεσσι καὶ ἀμβροσίαν στάξοισι” P. 9.63 ἔστασεν γὰρ ἅπαντα χορὸν ἐν τέρμασιν αὐτίκ' ἀγῶνος ( πρὸς coni. Boeckh) P. 9.114

    Νίκας ἐν ἀγκώνεσσι πίτνων ποικίλων ἔψαυσας ὕμνων N. 5.42

    [ πέσε δ' ἀδόκητον ἐν καὶ δοκέοντι (coni. Fennel, Lobel: δοκέοντα codd.) N. 7.31]

    ἦ μὰν ἀνόμοιά γε δᾴοισιν ἐν θερμῷ χροὶ ἕλκεα ῥῆξαν N. 8.28

    ἤλασε Λυγκέος ἐν πλευραῖσι χαλκόν N. 10.70

    χρυσέας ἐν γούνασιν πίτνοντα Νίκας I. 2.26

    ἐν ὕπνῳ γὰρ πέσεν (sc. φάμα παλαιά) I. 4.23

    μήτ' ἐν ὀρφανίᾳ πέσωμεν στεφάνων I. 8.6

    ἐπεὶ δ' ἄλκιμον νέκυν ἐν τάφῳ πολυστόνῳ θέντο Πηλείδαν Pae. 6.99

    τὸ κοινόν τις ἀστῶν ἐν εὐδίᾳ τιθεὶς fr. 109. 1. ἀλλαλοφόνους ἐπάξαντο λόγχας ἐνὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς fr. 163. φά[τναις] ἐν λιθίναις βαλ[ fr. 169. 21, cf. N. 3.62
    9 in respect of [ ἐν ἄλλοισι δ' ἄλλοι μεγάλοι (ἐν om. codd., add. V: ἐπ byz.) O. 1.113]

    ἕπεται δ' ἐν ἑκάστῳ μέτρον O. 13.47

    ἐν ἡρωίαις ἀρεταῖσιν οὐ ψεύσομ

    ἀμφὶ Κορίνθῳ O. 13.51

    , cf. I. 1.57 γόνον τέ οἱ φέρτατον ἀτίταλλεν ἐν ἁρμένοισι πᾶσι θυμὸν αὔξων (om. codd.: supp. Er. Schmid) N. 3.58

    μή μοι κραναὰ νεμεσάσαι Δᾶλος, ἐν ᾇ κέχυμαι I. 1.4

    ἐν ἔργμασιν δὲ νικᾷ τύχα, οὐ σθένος fr. 38.

    ἀγλαίζεται δὲ καὶ μουσικᾶς ἐν ἀώτῳ O. 1.15

    10 = σύν, with the aid of ἐν τίν κ' ἐθέλοι, Γίγαντας ὁς ἐδάμασας, εὐτυχῶς ναίειν (σὺν σοί. Σ.) N. 7.90
    11 in the hands of, in the power of

    ἔλπομαι μέν, ἐν θεῷ γε μὰν τέλος O. 13.104

    ἐν δ' ἀγαθοῖσι κεῖται πατρώιαι κεδναὶ πολίων κυβερνάσιες P. 10.71

    πὰν δὲ τέλος ἐν τὶν ἔργων N. 10.30

    12 dub. ex. οἷά τε χερσὶν ἀκοντίζοντες αἰχμαῖς, καὶ λιθίνοις ὁπότ' ἐν δίσκοις ἵεν (ἐν add. metr. causa Hermann, edd. vulgo: ὁπότε codd.: ὁπόταν Trypho ap. Eustath.: ποτ' ἀνὰ Ammonius: v. ἐνίμηι) I. 1.25 [ νῦν αὖτ' ἐν Ἰσθμοῦ δεσπότᾳ (codd.: ἐν del. Hermann) I. 6.5]
    13 frag. ] εν ὀρθῷ δρόμῳ fr. 1a. 5.] ἐν χρ[ Πα. 13a. 25. ]ἐν κλ[ Πα. 13e. 4. ] ἐν δασκίοισιν πατήρ fr. 177e.
    a there

    ἐν δὲ φίλων παρεόντων θῆκέ μιν ζαλωτὸν ὁμόφρονος εὐνᾶς O. 7.5

    ἐν δὲ Μοῖσ' ἁδύπνοος ἐν δ Ἄρης ἀνθεῖ O. 13.22

    b too, besides

    Μοῖσά τοι κολλᾷ χρυσόν, ἔν τε λευκὸν ἐλέφανθ' ἁμᾶ N. 7.78

    ἐν δὲ μηνὸς πρῶτον τύχεν ἇμαρ (contra Radt, “Präposition in tmesi mit τύχεν”) Πα. 2.. σεμνᾷ μὲν κατάρχει Ματέρι πὰρ μεγάλᾳ ῥόμβοι τυπάνων, ἐν δὲ κέχλαδεν ἐν δὲ ἐν δ' Δ. 2. 10—5. C ἐν prep. c. acc. v. ἐς B.
    ------------------------------------

    Lexicon to Pindar > ἐν

  • 10 σύν

    σύν, ξύν, the latter (older) form for metrical convenience, but more freely in compounds: along with, together.— I. adv., together, at once; σὺν δὲ δύω μάρψᾶς, Od. 9.289 (cf. 311, 344); σὺν δὲ νεφέεσσι (dat. instr.) κάλυψεν | γαῖαν ὁμοῦ καὶ πόντον, Od. 5.293; ἦλθε Δολίος, σὺν δ' υἱεῖς, ‘along with him,’ Od. 24.387; of mingling, confusing, breaking up, σὺν δ' ἥμῖν δαῖτα ταράξῃ, Il. 1.579 (cf. Il. 8.86); σὺν δ' ὅρκἰ ἔχευαν, Il. 4.269; σὺν δὲ γέροντι νόος χύτο, Il. 24.358.—II. prep. w. dat., with, in company with, by the aid of; σὺν θεῷ, σὺν θεοῖσιν, σὺν Ἀθήνῃ, σὺν σοί, Od. 13.391; of things, with, denoting accompaniment and secondarily instrument, the clothing or armor one wears, the ship one sails with, Il. 3.29, Il. 1.179; met., of quality or characteristic, ἄκοιτιν σὺν μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω, Od. 24.193; of consequence, penalty, σὺν δὲ μεγάλῳ ἀπέτῖσαν, Il. 4.161. σύν sometimes follows its case, Od. 15.410.

    A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > σύν

  • 11 ξύν

    σύν, ξύν, the latter (older) form for metrical convenience, but more freely in compounds: along with, together.— I. adv., together, at once; σὺν δὲ δύω μάρψᾶς, Od. 9.289 (cf. 311, 344); σὺν δὲ νεφέεσσι (dat. instr.) κάλυψεν | γαῖαν ὁμοῦ καὶ πόντον, Od. 5.293; ἦλθε Δολίος, σὺν δ' υἱεῖς, ‘along with him,’ Od. 24.387; of mingling, confusing, breaking up, σὺν δ' ἥμῖν δαῖτα ταράξῃ, Il. 1.579 (cf. Il. 8.86); σὺν δ' ὅρκἰ ἔχευαν, Il. 4.269; σὺν δὲ γέροντι νόος χύτο, Il. 24.358.—II. prep. w. dat., with, in company with, by the aid of; σὺν θεῷ, σὺν θεοῖσιν, σὺν Ἀθήνῃ, σὺν σοί, Od. 13.391; of things, with, denoting accompaniment and secondarily instrument, the clothing or armor one wears, the ship one sails with, Il. 3.29, Il. 1.179; met., of quality or characteristic, ἄκοιτιν σὺν μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω, Od. 24.193; of consequence, penalty, σὺν δὲ μεγάλῳ ἀπέτῖσαν, Il. 4.161. σύν sometimes follows its case, Od. 15.410.

    A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > ξύν

  • 12 παρρησία

    παρρησία, ας, ἡ (πᾶς, ῥῆσις; Eur., Pla.+; Stob., Flor. III 13 p. 453 H. [a collection of sayings περὶ παρρησίας]; ins, pap, LXX; TestReub 4:2; JosAs 23:10 cod. A [Bat. p. 75, 2] and Pal. 364; EpArist, Philo, Joseph.; Ath. 11, 2; loanw. in rabb.—On the spelling s. B-D-F §11, 1; Mlt-H. 101; s. also Schwyzer I 469).
    ① a use of speech that conceals nothing and passes over nothing, outspokenness, frankness, plainness (Demosth. 6, 31 τἀληθῆ μετὰ παρρησίας ἐρῶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἀποκρύψομαι; Diod S 4, 74, 2; 12, 63, 2; Pr 1:20; a slave does not have such a privilege: Eur., Phoen. 390–92) παρρησίᾳ plainly, openly (EpArist 125) Mk 8:32; J 7:13; 10:24; 11:14; 16:25 (opp. ἐν παροιμίαις.—On the subject matter cp. Artem. 4, 71 οἱ θεοὶ πάντως μὲν ἀληθῆ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ ποτὲ μὲν ἁπλῶς λέγουσι, ποτὲ δὲ αἰνίσσονται=the gods always speak the truth, but sometimes directly, sometimes indirectly), 29 v.l. (opp. παροιμία); Dg 11:2. Also ἐν παρρησίᾳ J 16:29. μετὰ παρρησίας (s. Demosth. above; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 571 D.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, §15 λέγω μετὰ π.; 3 Macc 4:1; 7:12; JosAs 23:10 [s. above]; Philo; Jos., Ant 6, 256) plainly, confidently Ac 2:29; μετὰ παρρησίας ἄκουε MPol 10:1. This is also the place for πολλῇ παρρησίᾳ χρώμεθα (opp. Moses’ veiling of his face) 2 Cor 3:12 (παρρησίᾳ χράομαι as Appian, Maced. 11 §3; Cass. Dio 62, 13; Philo, De Jos. 107; Jos., Ant. 2, 116).—RPope, ET 21, 1910, 236–38; HWindisch, exc. on 2 Cor 3:12.
    ② ‘Openness’ somet. develops into openness to the public, before whom speaking and actions take place (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 321 τοῖς τὰ κοινωφελῆ δρῶσιν ἔστω παρρησία) παρρησίᾳ in public, publicly J 7:26; 11:54; 18:20. δειγματίζειν ἐν παρρησίᾳ make a public example of Col 2:15. ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι to be known publicly J 7:4 (opp. ἐν κρυπτῷ). This is prob. also the place for παρρησίᾳ Ac 14:19 v.l. and μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας ἀκωλύτως quite openly and unhindered 28:31. Also ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ Phil 1:20. This is prob. the place also for 2 Cor 7:4 (but sense 3 is preferred by some): I am speaking to you with great frankness (REB; i.e. without weighing every word).
    ③ a state of boldness and confidence, courage, confidence, boldness, fearlessness, esp. in the presence of persons of high rank.
    ⓐ in association with humans (Socrat., Ep. 1, 12; Cass. Dio 62, 13; EpArist 125 παρρησίᾳ; Philo, De Jos. 107; 222, Rer. Div. Her. 5f; Jos., Ant. 9, 226; 15, 37; TestReub 4:2f. Cp. also OGI 323, 10; POxy 1100, 15; PGM 12, 187; OEger, Rechtsgeschichtliches zum NT: Rektoratsprogr. Basel 1919, 41f) Ac 4:13. Some would put πολλή μοι παρρησία πρὸς ὑμᾶς (sc. ἐστίν and cp. Diod S 14, 65, 4 πρὸς τύραννον π.) 2 Cor 7:4 here, but the context appears to favor 2 above. πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἔχων ἐπιτάσσειν σοι Phlm 8 (π. ἔχω as Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7). ἐν παρρησίᾳ fearlessly Eph 6:19 (DSmolders, L’audace de l’apôtre: Collectanea Mechlinensia 43, ’58, 16–30; 117–33; RWild, CBQ 46, ’84, 284–98; the verb w. ἅλυσις vs. 20, cp. Paul’s situation Ac 28:30f). μετὰ παρρησίας (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 32; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 42 §178; Jos., Ant. 6, 256; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 1, 11; 5, 18; μετὰ π. καὶ οὐ κρύβδην Orig., C. Cels. 3, 57, 20) Ac 2:29 (cp. Chion 16, 7 H. ἀνέξῃ γὰρ μετὰ παρρησίας μοῦ λέγοντος); 4:31; 1 Cl 34:1. μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης (Jos., Ant. 16, 379) Ac 4:29; 6:10 D; 16:4 D.
    ⓑ in relation to God (Job 27:10; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 5–7; Jos., Ant. 5, 38) w. προσαγωγή Eph 3:12. Here joyousness, confidence is the result or the accompaniment of faith, as 1 Ti 3:13; Hb 10:35. W. καύχημα 3:6; 1 Cl 34:5. παρρησίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν (Jos., Ant. 2, 52) 1J 3:21; cp. 5:14. μετὰ παρρησίας with joyful heart Hb 4:16; 2 Cl 15:3. ἀλήθεια ἐν παρρησίᾳ 1 Cl 35:2. ἔχοντες παρρησίαν εἰς τὴν εἴσοδον τῶν ἁγίων since we have confidence to enter the sanctuary Hb 10:19.—W. expressly forensic and eschatological coloring (as Wsd 5:1) παρρησίαν ἔχειν 1J 2:28 (opp. αἰσχύνεσθαι); 4:17.—EPeterson, Z. Bedeutungsgesch. v. π.: RSeeberg Festschr. I 1929, 283–97; WvUnnik, The Christian’s Freedom of Speech: BJRL ’62, 466–88; HCombrink, Parresia in Handelinge: GereformTT ’75, 56–63; WBeilner, ΠΑΡΡΗΣΙΑ ’79 (lit.); SMarrow, CBQ 44, ’82, 431–46; PMiguel, Parrhēsia: Dictionnaire de spiritualité 12, ’83, 260–67; also articles by DFredrickson, SWinter, AMitchell, WKlassen, in Friendship, Flattery, and Frankness of Speech ’96, 163–254; RAC VII 839–77.—DELG s.v. 2 εἴρω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παρρησία

  • 13 ὑπό

    ὑπό A prep. (anastrophe P. 3.10, P. 5.100, P. 1.64, P. 11.18, N. 1.35)
    1 c. acc.,
    a under, below ὑπὸ Κυλλάνας ὄρο̄ς, Ἁγησία, μάτρωες ἄνδρες ναιετάοντες (Π: ὅροις codd.) O. 6.77

    τὸν κρύψαν ἔνερθ' ὑπὸ γᾶν διφρηλάτα Ἀμφιτρύωνος σάματι P. 9.81

    [codd. P. 10.15] ὄλβιος ὅστις ἰδὼν κεῖν' εἶσ ὑπὸ χθόν fr. 137. 1.
    b under, up to the walls of

    θαλασσίαις ἀνέμων ῥιπαῖσι πεμφθεὶς ὑπὸ Τροίαν N. 3.60

    2 c. gen.,
    a below

    πολλά μοι ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος ὠκέα βέλη ἔνδον ἐντὶ φαρέτρας O. 2.83

    λόχμας ὑπὸ κυανέας τίκτε θεόφρονα κοῦρον O. 6.40

    λόχμαισι δὲ δοκεύσαις ὑπὸ Κλεωνᾶν δάμασε O. 10.30

    ταί θ' ὑπ Αἴτνας ὑψιλόφου καλλίπλουτοι πόλιες O. 13.111

    [coni. Bergk P. 8.77] ἔθηκε καὶ βαθυλείμων ὑπὸ Κίρρας πετρᾶν ἀγὼν κρατησίποδα Φρικίαν (Christ: βαθυλείμων（α） ἀγὼν πέτραν codd.) P. 10.15
    b from (out of) of the delivery of a child,

    ἦλθεν δ' ὑπὸ σπλάγχνων ὑπ ὠδῖνός τ ἐρατᾶς Ἴαμος ἐς φάος αὐτίκα O. 6.43

    “παῖδα ὃν κλυτὸς Ἑρμᾶς εὐθρόνοις ὥραισι καὶ Γαίᾳ ἀνελὼν φίλας ὑπὸ ματέρος οἴσει” P. 9.61

    ἐπεὶ σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος αὐτίκα θαητὰν ἐς αἴγλαν παῖς Διὸς ὠδῖνα φεύγων μόλεν N. 1.35

    met., of deliverance, ὑπ' ἀμαχανίας ἄγων ἐς φάος τόνδε δᾶμον ἀστῶν (ἀπ byz.) O. 5.14

    Ὀρέστα· τὸν δὴ Κλυταιμήστρας χειρῶν ὕπο κρατερᾶν ἐκ δόλου τροφὸς ἄνελε δυσπενθέος P. 11.18

    c to the accompaniment of

    τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι ὑπὸ ποικιλοφόρμιγγος ἀοιδᾶς ἑλισσόμεναί O. 4.2

    καί νυν ὑπ' ἀμφοτέρων σὺν Διαγόρᾳ κατέβαν (i. e. with lyre and flute) O. 7.13 σειρῆνα δὲ κόμπον αὐλίσκων ὑπὸ λωτίνων μιμήσομ' ἀοιδαῖς Παρθ. 2. 14.
    d of agency,
    3 c. dat.,
    a lying below, at the foot of [ ὑπὸ Κυλλάνας ὅροις (ὄρος Π.) O. 6.77] τὰ δ' ὑπ ὀφρύι Παρνασσίᾳ ἕξ (v. l. ἐπ) O. 13.106

    ὄχθαις ὕπο Ταυγέτου ναίοντες P. 1.64

    δασκίοις Φλειοῦντος ὑπ' ὠγυγίοις ὄρεσιν N. 6.44

    ἐν δὲ κέχλαδ[εν] κρόταλ' αἰθομένα τε δαὶς ὑπὸ ξανθαῖσι πεύκαις Δ. 2. 11.
    b down in, under

    ἁμέραν τὰν μὲν παρὰ πατρὶ φίλῳ Δὶ νέμονται, τὰν δ' ὑπὸ κεύθεσι γαίας ἐν γυάλοις Θεράπνας N. 10.56

    ἥβαν γὰρ οὐκ ἄπειρον ὑπὸ χειᾷ καλῶν δάμασεν I. 8.70

    “ὑπὸ σπλάγχ[νοις] φέροισα τόνδ' ἀνέῤ Πα. 8A. 18. πρῶτον εὐνάσθην ἀγαπατὸς ὑπὸ σπαργάνοις fr. 193.
    c from under ( θρῆνον)

    τὸν παρθενίοις ὑπό τ' ἀπλάτοις ὀφίων κεφαλαῖς ἄιε λειβόμενον P. 12.9

    d yoked to ἐριζόμεναι νᾶες ἐν πόντῳ καὶ λτ;ὑφγτ;ἅρμασιν ἵπποι (Bergk e Σ: ἐν unus cod.; om. alter) I. 5.5 ὑφ' ἅρμασιν ἵππος (v. l. ἐν) fr. 234. 1.
    e by means of, by, with

    βωμοὺς ἓξ διδύμους ἐγέραρεν ἑορταῖς θεῶν μεγίσταις ὑπὸ βουθυσίαις ἀέθλων τε πεμπαμέροις ἁμίλλαις O. 5.6

    μεγαλᾶν δ' ἀρετᾶν δρόσῳ μαλθακᾷ ῥανθεισᾶν κώμων ὑπὸ χεύμασιν (byz.: θ' ὑπὸ codd.) P. 5.100 ( σοφοὶ)

    οὐδ' ὑπὸ κέρδει βλάβεν N. 7.18

    λέγοντι γὰρ Αἰακόν μιν ὑπὸ ματροδόκοις γοναῖς φυτεῦσαι N. 7.84

    αἰδὼς γὰρ ὑπὸ κρύφα κέρδει κλέπτεται N. 9.33

    “νῦν σε, νῦν εὐχαῖς ὑπὸ θεσπεσίαις λίσσομαι” I. 6.44 κείνων λυθέντες σαῖς ὑπὸ χερσίν, ἄναξ fr. 35. ὁ δὲ μηδὲν ἔχων ὑπὸ σιγᾷ μελαίνᾳ κάρα κέκρυπται Παρθ. 1. 9.
    f under the force of, under the influence of [εἴ τί τοι Πίσας τε καὶ Φερενίκου χάρις νόον ὑπὸ γλυκυτάταις ἔθηκε φροντίσιν (v. ὑποτίθημι) O. 1.19]

    ὑπὸ στερεῷ πυρὶ πλαγαῖς τε σιδάρου βαθὺν εἰς ὀχετὸν ἄτας ἵζοισαν ἑὰν πόλιν O. 10.36

    δαμεῖσα χρυσέοις τόξοισιν ὕπ' Ἀρτέμιδος (Hermann: ὑπ codd.) P. 3.10 βελέων ὑπὸ ῥιπαῖσι κείνου φαιδίμαν γαίᾳ πεφύρσεσθαι κόμαν

    ἔνεπεν N. 1.68

    ἦ μὰν ἀνόμοιά γε δᾴοισιν ἐν θερμῷ χροὶ ἕλκεα ῥῆξαν πελεμιζόμενοι ὑπ' ἀλεξιμβρότῳ λόγχᾳ N. 8.30

    δαίμων δὲ παρίσχει, ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον ὕπερθε βάλλων ἄλλον δ ὑπὸ χειρῶν μέτρῳ καταβαίνει (v. l. μέτρον: post χειρῶν distinxit Bergk) P. 8.77

    τῶν μὲν ὑπὸ στάθμᾳ νέμονται I. 9.4

    ἐκράνθην ὑπὸ δαιμονίῳ τινι (sc. δείματι, simm.) —

    συνάγεν θρόον Pae. 9.34

    g of pers., by, through

    ὑπ' Ἀπόλλωνι γλυκείας πρῶτον ἔψαυσ Ἀφροδίτας O. 6.35

    “ ἐρατὸν λύοι κεν χαλινὸν ὑφ' ἥρωι παρθενίας” I. 8.45

    Lexicon to Pindar > ὑπό

  • 14 πέτρα

    πέτρα, [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. [full] πέτρη, ἡ,
    A rock; freq. of cliffs, ledges, etc. by the sea,

    λισσὴ αἰπεῖά τε εἰς ἅλα πέτρη Od.3.293

    , cf. 4.501, etc.; χῶρος λεῖος πετράων free from rocks, of a beach, 5.443 ;

    π. ἠλίβατος.. ἁλὸς ἐγγὺς ἐοῦσα Il.15.618

    , etc.; χοιρὰς π. Pi.P.10.52; also, rocky peak or ridge, αἰγίλιψ π. Il.9.15, etc.;

    ἠλίβατος 16.35

    , etc.; λιττὰς π. Corinn.Supp.1.30, cf.A.Supp. 796 (lyr.); π. Λενκάς, 'ωλενίη, etc., Od.24.11, Il.11.757, etc.; π. σύνδρομοι, Συμπληγάδες, Pi.P.4.209, E.Med. 1264(lyr.); πρὸς πέτραις ὑψηλοκρήμνοις, of Caucasus, A.Pr.4, cf. 31, 56, al.; π. Δελφίς, π. δίλοφος, of Parnassus, S.OT 464(lyr.), Ant. 1126(lyr.);

    π. Κωρυκίς A.Eu.22

    ; π. Κεκροπία, of the Acropolis, E. Ion 936.
    2 π. γλαφυρή a hollow rock, i.e. a cave, Il.2.88, cf. 4.107; σπέος κοιλῇ ὑπὸ π. Hes. Th. 301; δίστομος π. cave in the rock with a double entrance, S.Ph.16, cf. 937; κατηρεφεῖς αὐτῇ τῇ π. Pl.Criti. 116b;

    π. ἀντρώδης X.An.4.3.11

    ;

    τόπος κύκλῳ πέτραις περιεχόμενος IG42(1).122.21

     (Epid.); ἕως τῆς π. down to virgin rock, PCair.Zen.172.14 (iii B.C.), OGI672 (Egypt, i A. D.), cf. Ev.Matt.16.18.
    3 mass of rock or boulder, Od.9.243, 484, Hes.Th. 675 ;

    πέτρας κυλινδομένα φλόξ Pi.P.1.23

     ;

    ἐκυλίνδουν πέτρας X.An.4.2.20

    , cf. Plb.3.53.4.
    4 stone as material, π. λαρτία, Τηΐα, SIG581.97 (Crete, iii/ii B. C.), 996.13 (Smyrna, i A. D.): distd. from πέτρος (q. v.), which is v.l. in X.l.c.; πέτρᾳ shd. be read in S.Ph. 272 ; the distn. is minimized by Gal.12.194.
    II prov., οὐκ ἀπὸ δρυὸς οὐδ' ἀπὸ πέτρης, etc. (v. δρῦς); as a symbol of firmness,

    ὁ δ' ἐστάθη ἠΰτε π. ἔμπεδον Od.17.463

    ; of hard-heartedness,

    ἐκ πέτρας εἰργασμένος A.Pr. 244

    ;

    ἁλίαν π. ἢ κῦμα λιταῖς ὢς ἱκετεύων E.Andr. 537

     (anap.); cf.

    πέτρος 1.2

    . (Written πε-τε-ρα in a text with musical accompaniment, Pae.Delph.5.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πέτρα

  • 15 ὑπό

    ὑπό, ὑπαί (cf. sub): under. — I. adv., underneath, below, beneath, of motion or rest, ὑπὸ δὲ θρῆνυν ποσὶν (‘for the feet’) ἥσει, Il. 14.240; ὑπὸ δὲ θρῆνυς ποσὶν ἦεν, Od. 1.131; χεῦεν ὕπο ῥῶπας, Od. 16.47; often to indicate the position of parts of the body (in ‘plastic’ style as if one were looking at a picture up and down), ὑπὸ γούνατ' ἔλῦσεν (the knees ‘beneath him’), ὑπὸ δ' ἔτρεμε γυῖα, Il. 10.390; sometimes causal, thereunder, thereby, Od. 8.380, Il. 8.4; thus to denote accompaniment in music, λίνον δ' ὑπὸ κᾶλὸν ἄειδεν (to it, the harp), Il. 18.570, Od. 21.411. — II. prep., (1) w. gen., of position or motion; under, out or forth from under; ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ἐλεῖν, κρήδεμνον ὑπὸ στέρνοιο τανύσσαι, Od. 5.346, and thus often w. verbs of hitting; ῥέει κρήνη ὑπὸ σπείους, ‘from beneath,’ Od. 9.141; then of agency, influence, by, through, in consequence of; δαμῆναι, θνήσκειν ὑπό τινος (‘at the hands of’), φεύγειν ὑπό τινος (‘before’), Il. 18.149 ; ὑπ' ἀνάγκης (‘from necessity,’ ‘perforce’), ὑπὸ δείους (‘for’), ὑπὸ φρῖκὸς Βορέω, Il. 23.692. — (2) w. dat., of position, under, and w. verbs of motion when the resulting position of rest is chiefly in mind, πίπτειν, τιθέναι τι ὑπό τινι, χ , Il. 16.378; instrumental or causal, under (not ‘by’ as w. the gen., but rather denoting subjection), ὑπὸ χερσί τινος θανέειν, ὀλέσαι ψῦχήν, γήραι ὕπο ἆρημένος, Od. 11.136; of power, mastery, δέδμητο λᾶὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ, γ 3, Il. 24.636; and of accompanying circumstances, ὑπὸ πομπῇ (‘under the guidance’), πνοιῇ ὕπο (‘with the breeze’), Od. 4.402. — (3) w. acc., of motion (or extension), under, but often where the idea of motion is quite faint, ζώειν ὑπ' αὐγᾶς ἠελίοιο, thinking of the duration of life, Od. 15.349, Il. 5.267; of time, during, Il. 16.202, Il. 22.102.

    A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > ὑπό

  • 16 ὑπᾴδω

    A sing by way of accompaniment, Λίνον δ' ὑπὸ καλὸν ἄειδε (sc. τῇ φόρμιγγι) Il.18.570; ἡ δ' ὑπὸ καλὸν ἄεισε (sc. ἡ νευρή) Od.21.411;

    ταῖς Μούσαις τι μέλος ὑπᾴσατε Ar.Ra. 874

    ; without acc., to accompany with the voice, χοροῖσι ib. 366; τινι Luc.Salt.30; in poet. form [full] ὑπαείδω, [tense] aor.

    ὑπήεισαν Call.Dian. 242

    ;

    ὑ. νόμον Id.Del. 304

    . [The a of ὑπαείδω used long by Call.Del. l. c.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπᾴδω

  • 17 ὑπό

    ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά
    A

    Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14

     Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (

    ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824

    ,

    ὑ. δέ 3.217

    , 11.417, 12.149,

    ὑ. δείους 10.376

    , 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)

    λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44

    , al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and

    ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.

     ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,

    ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165

    , ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)
    A WITH GENITIVE,
    I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;

    ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669

    ;

    ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;

    ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17

    ; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;

    ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς

     from the consequences of,

    23.86

    ; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,

    ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441

    ;

    περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53

    ; once in Hdt.,

    τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8

    ;

    αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27

     (Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.
    2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;

    ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106

    ;

    τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717

    : also without the sense of motion,

    ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372

    ;

    βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14

    ;

    ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52

    ;

    κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588

    ;

    ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83

    ;

    νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a

    ;

    δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342

    ; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.
    II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,

    μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436

    , cf. 4.479;

    ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428

    ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;

    τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137

    ;

    οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308

    , cf. Th.7, al.;

    πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61

    ;

    ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303

    ;

    πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042

     (anap.);

    ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77

    ;

    ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66

    ;

    ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5

    ;

    ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64

    ; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;

    ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391

    ;

    ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a

    : sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;

    ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029

    ;

    ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34

    ;

    ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2

    ;

    Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d

    ; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.
    2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,

    χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153

    , cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;

    πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5

    ; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;

    οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78

    , cf. Ar.V. 1084.
    3 freq. of things as well as persons,

    ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77

    ;

    κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8

     (Epid., iii B.C.);

    χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b

    ;

    ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);

    κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4

    : of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,

    ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371

    ; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;

    μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153

    ;

    χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376

    ;

    ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85

    , cf. Th.6.33;

    οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66

    ;

    ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129

    ;

    ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183

    ;

    ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083

    ;

    ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073

    : hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;

    ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22

    , cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).
    4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,

    νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276

    , cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;

    ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220

    .
    5 of accompanying music, to give the time,

    κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281

    , cf. 278;

    ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123

    , cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;

    πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001

    : generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);

    καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554

     (anap.);

    ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299

    ;

    εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970

    ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.
    6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).
    7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.
    8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.
    B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,

    ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784

    , al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;

    Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11

    , cf. 373.118, al.;

    ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105

    ; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;

    πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533

    ;

    ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27

    ;

    ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);

    στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33

     (Samos, iv B.C.);

    ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11

    ;

    χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5

    ,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;

    εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6

     codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);

    ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a

    .4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;

    τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.

     ap. eund.12.25.7;

    οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;

    ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero

     *Deff.135.12;

    ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102

    .
    2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;

    ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478

    , cf. Il.24.782;

    ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378

    , cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;

    δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644

    .
    3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;

    ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352

    ;

    ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653

    , etc.;

    ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180

    ;

    ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489

    ;

    πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164

     (lyr.);

    ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490

    .
    4 behind,

    ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1

    ; under the cover or protection of,

    ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8

    , 4.12.10, 16.6.1.
    II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,

    ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637

    ;

    ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82

    ;

    βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171

    ;

    ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215

    ;

    ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384

    ; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;

    ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8

     ([place name] Crete);

    ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5

    , cf. 12,31,52.
    2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,

    δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305

    , cf. Il.9.156;

    ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68

    ; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;

    τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44

    : in pregnant sense,

    ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11

    , cf. Th.7.64;

    ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157

    ;

    κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4

    ;

    τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2

    .
    3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,

    αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c

    ;

    τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b

    ;

    ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d

    .
    4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;

    ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e

    : generally, of attendant circumstances,

    ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402

    ; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;

    λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17

    ;

    αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79

    ;

    ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14

    ;

    ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41

    ; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;

    ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d

    .— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,

    στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73

     (Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);

    λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26

    , cf. Man.2.131.
    C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;

    ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383

    ; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;

    νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51

    , cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;

    πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271

    ;

    ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2

    ; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;

    ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181

    ;

    παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407

    ;

    ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11

    ;

    ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7

    , cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;

    ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536

     B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);

    πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32

    , cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.
    2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,

    Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603

    , cf. 824, etc.;

    ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76

    ; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;

    τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162

     (ii B.C.);

    ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13

     (loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;

    ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181

    ;

    τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10

    , cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;

    οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38

    , cf. 16.21, al.;

    ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14

    , al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);

    τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17

    ;

    ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114

    , cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also

    ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371

    ;

    Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26

    ;

    ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278

    ;

    τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120

     (Epid., iv B.C.);

    οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13

     (iii B.C.);

    ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2

     (iii B.C.);

    κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7

    , cf. 67, al.;

    ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10

    ;

    μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593

     A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);

    καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4

    ; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;

    εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75

     (v.

    πούς 1.6

     g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;

    ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108

    ;

    ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720

    ;

    εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8

     (cf.

    αὐγή 1

    ): of subordinate position.

    κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9

    ; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.
    b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;

    εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29

    , Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21;

    αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6

    ,al.
    II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,

    ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108

    ;

    ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60

    , cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;

    ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29

    ;

    ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340

    ;

    τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75

    , cf. 74;

    ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616

     (i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.

    ἥλιος 11.1

    );

    ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52

     (Halic., iii B.C.);

    τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3

     (iii B.C.);

    στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7

     ([place name] Rhodes);

    μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7

    , cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;

    τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75

     ([place name] Rhodes).
    III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,

    ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102

    ;

    ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51

    , cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;

    τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10

    : rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;

    ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60

    ; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;

    ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4

     ([place name] Thasos).
    2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;

    ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4

    , 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;

    ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26

    ;

    ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27

    , cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;

    ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21

    , Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;

    ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215

    ; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)

    ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60

     (Corc., ii/i B.C.);

    ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14

    , Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;

    ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17

    .
    IV of accompaniment,

    ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a

    ;

    ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3

     codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.

    κῆρυξ 1.3

    ).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.
    2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.);

    ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6

    , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.
    D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.
    E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.
    2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.
    II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,

    φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17

    .
    F IN COMPOSITION:
    I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.
    2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.
    3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.
    II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi,

    ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d

    , cf. Grg. 493c;

    ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290

     (lyr.)).
    III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό

  • 18 νόμος

    νόμος, ὁ, ([etym.] νέμω)
    A that which is in habitual practice, use or possession, not in Hom. (cf. J.Ap.2.15), though read by Zenod. in Od.1.3.
    I usage, custom,

    [Μοῦσαι] μέλπονται πάντων τε νόμους καὶ ἤθεα κεδνά Hes.Th.66

    ;

    ν. ἀρχαῖος ἄριστος Id.Fr. 221

    ; ἔνθα ν. (sc. ἐστί) c. inf., where it is the custom.., Alc.Supp.25.5; ν. πάντων βασιλεύς custom is lord of all, Pi.Fr.169.1;

    ν. δεσπότης Hdt.7.104

    , Pl. Lg. 715d;

    ν. τύραννος τῶν ἀνθρώπων Id.Prt. 337d

    ;

    ἴησις ὀθονίοισι κατὰ τὸν ν. τὸν ἀρθριτικόν Hp.Art.18

    ;

    ὡς νόμος Id.Mochl.37

    : hence, law, ordinance,

    τόνδε.. ν. διέταξε Κρονίων.. θηρσὶ.. ἐσθέμεν ἀλλήλους Hes. Op. 276

    ;

    τρέφονται πάντες οἱ ἀνθρώπειοι ν. ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου Heraclit. 114

    ;

    ἄφθογγον εἶναι τὸν παλαμναῖον ν. [ἐστί] A.Eu. 448

    ;

    ν. κάλλιστον ἐξευρόντα, πειθαρχεῖν πατρί S.Tr. 1177

    ; ν. κοινός, = ὀρθὸς λόγος, Zeno Stoic.1.43: pl.,

    ἔργων.. ὧν νόμοι πρόκεινται ὑψίποδες S.OT 865

     (lyr.);

    νεοχμοῖς ν. Ζεὺς κρατύνει A.Pr. 150

     (lyr.).
    b in VT, of the law of God,

    ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ LXXPs.1.2

    , al., cf. Is.2.3; νόμον ὃν ἐνετείλατο ὑμῖν Μωϋσῆς ib.De.33.4; so in NT,

    ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Ev.Luc.2.22

    , etc.; but also

    ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ep.Gal.6.2

    ; ὁ ν. τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς, opp. ὁ ν. τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου, Ep.Rom.8.2;

    ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας Ep.Jac.1.25

    .
    c with Preps., κατὰ νόμον according to custom or law, Hes.Th. 417, Hdt.1.61, etc.;

    κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78

    ; οἱ κατὰ ν. ὄντες θεοί the established deities, Pl.Lg. 904a;

    κατὰ νόμους A.Supp. 241

    ; παρὰ νόμον contrary to.., Id.Eu. 171 (lyr.);

    παρὰ τοὺς τῆς φύσεως ν. Pl.Ti. 83e

    ;

    ἐν Πανελλάνων νόμῳ Pi.I.2.38

    ; ἐν Ἀδραστείῳ νόμῳ by the law of Adrastus, i.e. at the Nemean games, Id.N.10.28: esp. in dat. νόμῳ by custom, conventionally, opp. φύσει, Hdt. 4.39, Philol.9, Arist.EN 1094b16, etc.; ν. γλυκύ, ν. πικρόν, Democr.9;

    εἰ μή τις λέγοι ν. ὁρᾶν καὶ τὰς λεγομένας ποιότητας μὴ ἐν τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις εἶναι Plot.4.4.29

    ; ὅσον νόμου χάριν just for form's sake, Diph.43.14, Arist.Metaph. 1076a27.
    d statute, ordinance made by authority,

    [Σόλων] νόμους ἔθηκεν ἄλλους, τοῖς δὲ Δράκοντος θεσμοῖς ἐπαύσαντο χρώμενοι πλὴν τῶν φονικῶν Id.Ath.7.1

     (but

    τὸν Δράκοντος ν. τὸν περὶ τοῦ φόνου IG12.115.5

    ), etc.; νόμον τιθέναι, τίθεσθαι, v. τίθημι; βασιλικὸς ν. OGI483.1 (Pergam., ii A.D.), Ep.Jac.2.8: freq. of general laws, opp. ψηφίσματα (special decrees), Pl.Tht. 173d, etc.;

    ὅταν τὰ ψηφίσματα κύρια ᾖ ἀλλὰ μὴ ὁ ν. Arist.Pol. 1292a7

    : generally, law, ἄνευ ὀρέξεως νοῦς ὁ ν. ἐστίν ib. 1287a32; ἄγραφος ν. Lex ap. And.1.85, etc.; opp. γεγραμμένος, Arist.Rh. 1373b6; ν. ἴδιος, opp. κοινός, ib.4; ὁ ν. freq. as subject,

    οἱ ν. διδόασι τιμωρίας D.18.12

    ;

    ὧν ὁ ν. ἀγορεύει Inscr.Magn. 92b16

     (ii B.C.); μὴ ὁ ν. κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον; Ev.Jo.7.51.
    e c. gen. rei,

    οὗτός τοι πεδίων πέλεται ν. Hes.Op. 388

    ;

    Ὑλλίδος στάθμας ἐν νόμοις Pi.P.1.62

    ;

    τὸν φαρμάκων δίδαξε μαλακόχειρα ν. Id.N.3.55

    ;

    ν. ἐμβολῆς καὶ διορθώσιος Hp.Mochl.38

    ; ὁ ν. τοῦ κριοῦ, τοῦ ἀνδρός, τῶν ἐρανιστῶν, LXXLe.6.31 (7.1), Ep.Rom.7.2, SIG 1198.14 (Arcesine, iii B.C.); ἐς χειρῶν νόμον ἀπικέσθαι to come to blows, into action, Hdt.9.48; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ ἀπόλλυσθαι, περιπεσεῖν, die in action, Id.8.89, Plb.1.57.8;

    μεταλλάξαι τὸν βίον ἐν χ. ν. Id.3.63.5

    , cf. 3.116.9;

    Ἀσδρούβας.. ἐν χ. ν. κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον Id.11.2.1

    ;

    τοὺς μὲν ἐν χ. ν. διέφθειρε Id.1.82.2

    ; τοὺς ἐν χ. ν. τὰς πολιτείας καταλύοντας by 'direct action', Aeschin.1.5; but

    κτεῖναι ἐν ταῖς πολεμικαῖς ἐξόδοις ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ

     under martial law,

    Arist.Pol. 1285a10

    ;

    τῷ τοῦ πολέμου νόμῳ κτησάμενος Aeschin.2.33

    .
    II melody, strain,

    οἶδα δ' ὀρνίχων νόμως πάντων Alcm.67

    ;

    ν. ἵππιος Pi.O. 1.101

    ;

    Ἀπόλλων ἁγεῖτο παντοίων ν. Id.N.5.25

    ;

    ν. πολεμικοί Th.5.69

    ;

    ἐπηλάλαξαν Ἀραὶ τὸν ὀξὺν ν. A.Th. 952

     (lyr.);

    κρεκτοὶ ν. S.Fr. 463

    , cf. AP9.584: metaph.,

    τοὺς Ἅιδου ν. S.Fr. 861

    .
    2 esp. a type of early melody created by Terpander for the lyre as an accompaniment to Epic texts,

    ν. ὄρθιος Hdt.1.24

    ;

    ν. Βοιώτιος S.Fr. 966

    ;

    ν. κιθαρῳδικοί Ar.Ra. 1282

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 700d, Arist.Po. 1447b26, Pr. 918b13, etc.; also for the flute,

    ν. αὐλῳδικός Plu.2.1132d

    ; without sung text, ν. αὐλητικός ib.1133d, cf. 138b, Poll.4.79; later, composition including both words and melody, e.g. Tim.Pers.
    III = νοῦμμος (q. v.), Epich.136, Sophr.162, Inscr.Délos407.21 (ii B.C.); ν. σηστέρτιοι, = Lat. nummi sestertii, Inscr.Prien.41.13 (ii B.C.).
    IV Archit., course of masonry, IG12(2).11.17 (Mytil.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > νόμος

  • 19 κατήχησις

    A instruction by word of mouth: generally, instruction, Hp.Praec.13, Cic.Att.15.12.2, D.H. Dem.50, Din.7, Ath.Med. ap. Orib.inc.21.6, S.E.M.1.7; διὰ τὴν κ. τῶν συνόντων by communication with companions, in bad sense, Chrysipp.Stoic.3.54, cf.55, Gal.5.463.
    II accompaniment of the monochord by louder instruments which drown its tune, Ptol.Harm.2.12 (pl.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κατήχησις

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Ugly One with the Jewels — Infobox Album | Name = The Ugly One with the Jewels and Other Stories Type = Studio album Artist = Laurie Anderson Released = March 1995 Recorded = Genre = Avant garde Experimental music Spoken word Length = Label = Warner Bros. Records 45847… …   Wikipedia

  • to the accompaniment of — 1) with accompanying or background music or sound from we filed out to the accompaniment of the organ 2) with another event happening at the same time as the dam was completed to the accompaniment of numerous scandals …   Useful english dictionary

  • Chasing After Shadows... Living with the Ghosts — Chasing After Shadows...Living with the Ghosts Studio album by Hammock Released May 18, 2010 …   Wikipedia

  • Messin' with the Kid — Single by Junior Wells B side Universal Rock …   Wikipedia

  • Down with the Sickness — Single by Disturbed from the album The Sickness Released October 31, 2000 …   Wikipedia

  • Take It Easy with The Walker Brothers — Infobox Album | Name = Take It Easy with The Walker Brothers Type = Album Artist = The Walker Brothers Released = 1965 Recorded = Genre = Length = Label = Philips Producer = John Franz Reviews = *Allmusic Rating|4.5|5… …   Wikipedia

  • come with the territory — phrasal : to be a natural or unavoidable aspect or accompaniment of a particular situation, position, or field criticism goes with the territory in this job * * * come/go/with the territory phrase to be a necessary or accepted part of a situation …   Useful english dictionary

  • The Royal Burgess Golfing Society of Edinburgh — is a parkland golf course and is considered to be one of the oldest courses in Scotland. It is currently an exclusive golf club, situated in the area of Barnton, Edinburgh, where the golfers are mainly middle aged and elderly men, as the club has …   Wikipedia

  • The Royal Scam (song) — The Royal Scam is the title track from the 1976 Steely Dan album, The Royal Scam . The song was written by Donald Fagen and Walter Becker. It consists of lyrics sung by Fagen, guitar work from Larry Carlton, Bernard “Pretty” Purdie on drums, and… …   Wikipedia

  • go with the territory — or come with the territory phrasal to be a natural or unavoidable aspect or accompaniment of a particular situation, position, or field < criticism goes with the territory in this job > …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • accompaniment — noun 1 things that go or happen together ADJECTIVE ▪ essential, ideal, perfect ▪ delicious, good VERB + ACCOMPANIMENT ▪ be …   Collocations dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»